[CTRL] US Army Study Criticizes Bush War on Terror

2004-01-12 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
Study Published by Army Criticizes War on Terror's Scope

By Thomas E. Ricks
Washington Post Staff Writer
Monday, January 12, 2004; Page A12

A scathing new report published by the Army War College broadly criticizes the
Bush administration's handling of the war on terrorism, accusing it of taking a
detour into an unnecessary war in Iraq and pursuing an unrealistic quest
against terrorism that may lead to U.S. wars with states that pose no serious
threat.

The report, by Jeffrey Record, a visiting professor at the Air War College at
Maxwell Air Force Base in Alabama, warns that as a result of those mistakes, the
Army is near the breaking point.

It recommends, among other things, scaling back the scope of the global war on
terrorism and instead focusing on the narrower threat posed by the al Qaeda
terrorist network.

[T]he global war on terrorism as currently defined and waged is dangerously
indiscriminate and ambitious, and accordingly . . . its parameters should be
readjusted, Record writes. Currently, he adds, the anti-terrorism campaign is
strategically unfocused, promises more than it can deliver, and threatens to
dissipate U.S. military resources in an endless and hopeless search for absolute
security.

Record, a veteran defense specialist and author of six books on military
strategy and related issues, was an aide to then-Sen. Sam Nunn when the Georgia
Democrat was chairman of the Senate Armed Services Committee.

In discussing his political background, Record also noted that in 1999 while on
the staff of the Air War College, he published work critical of the Clinton
administration.

His essay, published by the Army War College's Strategic Studies Institute,
carries the standard disclaimer that its views are those of the author and do
not necessarily represent those of the Army, the Pentagon or the U.S.
government.

But retired Army Col. Douglas C. Lovelace Jr., director of the Strategic Studies
Institute, whose Web site carries Record's 56-page monograph, hardly distanced
himself from it. I think that the substance that Jeff brings out in the article
really, really needs to be considered, he said.

Publication of the essay was approved by the Army War College's commandant, Maj.
Gen. David H. Huntoon Jr., Lovelace said. He said he and Huntoon expected the
study to be controversial, but added, He considers it to be under the umbrella
of academic freedom.

Larry DiRita, the top Pentagon spokesman, said he had not read the Record study.
He added: If the conclusion is that we need to be scaling back in the global
war on terrorism, it's not likely to be on my reading list anytime soon.

Many of Record's arguments, such as the contention that Saddam Hussein's Iraq
was deterred and did not present a threat, have been made by critics of the
administration. Iraq, he concludes, was a war-of-choice distraction from the
war of necessity against al Qaeda. But it is unusual to have such views
published by the War College, the Army's premier academic institution.

In addition, the essay goes further than many critics in examining the Bush
administration's handling of the war on terrorism.

Record's core criticism is that the administration is biting off more than it
can chew. He likens the scale of U.S. ambitions in the war on terrorism to Adolf
Hitler's overreach in World War II. A cardinal rule of strategy is to keep your
enemies to a manageable number, he writes. The Germans were defeated in two
world wars . . . because their strategic ends outran their available means.

He also scoffs at the administration's policy, laid out by Bush in a November
speech, of seeking to transform and democratize the Middle East. The potential
policy payoff of a democratic and prosperous Middle East, if there is one,
almost certainly lies in the very distant future, he writes. The basis on
which this democratic domino theory rests has never been explicated.

He also casts doubt on whether the U.S. government will maintain its commitment
to the war. The political, fiscal, and military sustainability of the GWOT
[global war on terrorism] remains to be seen, he states.

The essay concludes with several recommendations. Some are fairly
noncontroversial, such as increasing the size of the Army and Marine Corps, a
position that appears to be gathering support in Congress. But he also says the
United States should scale back its ambitions in Iraq, and be prepared to settle
for a friendly autocracy there rather than a genuine democracy.

To read the full report, go to washingtonpost.com/nation

© 2004 The Washington Post Company

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects 

[CTRL] The Bush Gang

2004-01-11 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

http://www.latimes.com/news/opinion/sunday/commentary/la-op-phillips11jan11,1,59
027

The Barreling Bushes

Four generations of the dynasty have chased profits through cozy ties with
Mideast leaders, spinning webs of conflicts of interest
By Kevin Phillips

Kevin Phillips' new book, American Dynasty: Aristocracy, Fortune and the
Politics of Deceit in the House of Bush, has just been published by Viking
Penguin.

January 11, 2004

WASHINGTON - Dynasties in American politics are dangerous. We saw it with the
Kennedys, we may well see it with the Clintons and we're certainly seeing it
with the Bushes. Between now and the November election, it's crucial that
Americans come to understand how four generations of the current president's
family have embroiled the United States in the Middle East through CIA
connections, arms shipments, rogue banks, inherited war policies and personal
financial links.

As early as 1964, George H.W. Bush, running for the U.S. Senate from Texas, was
labeled by incumbent Democrat Ralph Yarborough as a hireling of the sheik of
Kuwait, for whom Bush's company drilled offshore oil wells. Over the four
decades since then, the ever-reaching Bushes have emerged as the first U.S.
political clan to thoroughly entangle themselves with Middle Eastern royal
families and oil money. The family even has links to the Bin Ladens - though not
to family black sheep Osama bin Laden - going back to the 1970s.

How these unusual relationships helped bring about 9/11 and then distorted the
U.S. response to Islamic terrorism requires thinking of the Bush family as a
dynasty. The two Bush presidencies are inextricably linked by that dynasty.

The first family member lured by the Middle East's petroleum wealth was George
W. Bush's great-grandfather, George H. Walker, a buccaneer who was president of
Wall Street-based W.A. Harriman  Co. In the 1920s, Walker and his firm
participated in rebuilding the Baku oil fields only a few hundred miles north of
current-day Iraq. As senior director of Dresser Industries (now part of
Halliburton), Walker's son-in-law Prescott Bush (George W. Bush's grandfather)
became involved with the Middle East in the years after World War II. But it was
George H.W. Bush, the current president's father, who forged the dynasty's
strongest ties to the region.

George H.W. Bush was the first CIA director to come from the oil industry. He
went on to became the first vice president - and then the first president - to
have either an oil or CIA background. This helps to explain his persistent bent
toward the Middle East, covert operations and rogue banks like the Abu
Dhabi-based Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI), which came to be
known by the nickname Bank of Crooks and Criminals International. In each of
the government offices he held, he encouraged CIA involvement in Iran, Pakistan,
Afghanistan and other Middle Eastern countries, and he pursued policies that
helped make the Middle East into the world's primary destination for arms
shipments.

Taking the CIA helm in January 1976, Bush cemented strong relations with the
intelligence services of both Saudi Arabia and the shah of Iran. He worked
closely with Kamal Adham, the head of Saudi intelligence, brother-in-law of King
Faisal and an early BCCI insider. After leaving the CIA in January 1977, Bush
became chairman of the executive committee of First International Bancshares and
its British subsidiary, where, according to journalists Peter Truell and Larry
Gurwin in their 1992 book False Profits, Bush traveled on the bank's behalf
and sometimes marketed to international banks in London, including several
Middle Eastern institutions.

Once in the White House, first as vice president to Ronald Reagan and later as
president, George H.W. Bush was linked to at least two Middle East-centered
scandals. It's never been entirely clear what Bush's connection was to the
Iran-Contra affair, in which clandestine arms shipments to Iran, some
BCCI-financed, helped illegally fund the operations of the anti-Sandinista
Contra rebels in Nicaragua. But in 1992, special prosecutor Lawrence E. Walsh
asserted that Bush, despite his protestations, had indeed been in the loop on
multiple illegal acts.

Much clearer was Bush's pivotal role, both as vice president and president, in
Iraqgate, the hidden aid provided by the U.S. and its military to Saddam
Hussein's Iraq in its high-stakes war with Iran during the 1980s. The U.S. is
known to have provided both biological cultures that could have been used for
weapons and nuclear know-how to the regime, as well as conventional weapons. As
ABC-TV broadcaster Ted Koppel put it in a June 1992 Nightline program after
the 1991 Persian Gulf War: It is becoming increasingly clear that George [H.W.]
Bush, operating largely behind the scenes through the 1980s, initiated and
supported much of the financing, intelligence and military help that built
Saddam's Iraq into the aggressive power that the 

[CTRL] Mad Cows Jump Over US Moon

2004-01-11 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

The Guardian
Culture of indifference leaves America open to BSE

Suzanne Goldenberg talks to insiders who warn of failings in a lax inspection
regime
Monday January 12, 2004

When the first case of mad cow disease was diagnosed in America a caustic joke
began the rounds of the vets and food inspectors who monitor safety standards at
the meat packing plants.

It was no surprise, it went, that a sick animal had been brought to the
slaughter, but it was absolutely shocking that the discovery had ever become
public.

That's the point where something went wrong with the system - that it became
public, a manager with nearly 30 years' service in the agriculture department's
food safety and inspection service told the Guardian.

Among ourselves, we think our inspection system is the lowest in the world.

The senior safety source and others with an inside view of the US meat industry
questioned by the Guardian describe a culture of indifference towards the threat
of BSE.

In the slaughterhouses and meat packing plants, vets and food safety inspectors
say:

· policies favour the beef industry at the expense of consumer safety;

· testing for BSE is rare and haphazard, and carried out by people with minimal
training in the disorder;

· discussion of the disease by regulators was discouraged;

· government agencies fail to enforce their own safety standards.

Until December 23, when the government officially acknowledged the outbreak of
BSE in a herd in Washington state, the regulatory agencies repeatedly overlooked
warnings by their own safety inspectors, and the experience of Europe.

By the time the outbreak was identified meat from the infected cow had been
shipped to seven US states and the Pacific territory of Guam.

The authorities have yet to trace more than 70 other cows in the herd, which
entered the US from Alberta, Canada, and which presumably were given the
livestock feed which is the main vehicle of transmission for BSE.

The allegations of bureaucratic short-sightedness, more than 10 years after BSE
(bovine spongiform encephalopathy) devastated British beef farming, is all the
more astounding because America had advance warning. In May last year Canada
announced its own outbreak of the disease. But the vets and inspectors
responsible for assuring the safety of America's food supply detected no policy
shifts. Rather, they watched their influence dwindle under policies which
favoured the self-regulation of the $40bn beef industry.

Nor has there been a radical overhaul of safety measures, despite Washington's
repeated assurances to domestic consumers and to the 43 countries that have
banned its meat products that US beef is safe to eat.

The agriculture secretary, Ann Veneman, banned the killing of downer cows
(those too weak or sick to amble into the slaughterhouses) for human
consumption, and the use of brain, spinal cord and other tissues which are
thought to be more likely to carry BSE.

She also pledged that the US would double its testing of suspect animals for
BSE.

But the Guardian's source said he had seen no genuine commitment to a more
rigorous safety regime. If you are really serious, you are geared to find a
particular disease, he said. You focus, you train, you give all the support
that is needed. You have tests. And you are very much more open.

He described a regime in which vets became increasingly demoralised at the loss
of their regulatory powers.

Taboo


The agriculture authorities discouraged inspectors from expanding testing
procedures at slaughterhouses. Nor were there any clear procedures, a lapse
which allowed an inspector to pass the meat of a suspect cow last month without
waiting for the test results. That was the cow that had BSE.

It was taboo a long time in the food safety inspection service to even talk
about BSE, he said.

Others engaged in the American food supply chain share his sense of disillusion.
Tomorrow the Government Accountability Project, the leading whistleblower
organisation in the US, will produce statements by a number of agriculture
department inspectors saying that the BSE testing regime is haphazard, and not
entirely under the control of government agents.

Such revelations are unlikely to be received kindly by the department, which has
worked hard to reassure consumers and protect the industry. But they are in line
with the fears of activists who have been arguing for years that US food safety
is hostage to the powerful lobby of cattle ranchers and meat packers.

The Physicians' Committee for Responsible Medicine, a Washington advocacy group,
says 11 of Ms Veneman's senior advisers are drawn from the beef and dairy
industries. Other critics point out that the industry has given $22m to
political parties, mainly the Republicans, since 1990.

The committee argues that the advisers' closeness to the industry has blocked
the introduction of controls which could have reduced the risk of BSE.

They have focused more on protecting industry 

Re: [CTRL] PESTICIDE LINK TO MAD COW DISEASE: 450 DEATHS of CALFS..WHY????

2004-01-06 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

 Who is mandating this...and why isn't anyone speaking out about reason in
 this case.  I feel badly about the calfs, young animals, probably none of
 whom are infected...their lives shattered, destroyed...quickly for no
 real reason.
 E. Murray.

Misplaced concern. Those calves were doomed to slaughter regardless of any
threat of Mad Cow. Probably better off killed now then consigned to tiny dark
boxes where they are raised for veal.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] SaddamGate - The Story Continues

2004-01-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Saddam's capture: was a deal brokered behind the scenes?

 When it emerged that the Kurds had captured the Iraqi dictator,
the US celebrations evaporated.  David Pratt asks
whether a secret political trade-off has been engineered

For a story that three weeks ago gripped the world's imagination, it has now all
but dropped off the radar. Peculiar really, for if one thing might have been
expected in the aftermath of Saddam Hussein's capture, it was the endless
political and media mileage that the Bush administration would get out of it .

After all, for 249 days Saddam's elusiveness had been a symbol of America's
ineptitude in Iraq, and, at last, with his capture came the long-awaited chance
to return some flak to the Pentagon's critics.

It also afforded the opportunity to demonstrate the effectiveness of America's
elite covert and intelligence units such as Task Force 20 and Greyfox .

And it was a terrific chance for the perfect photo-op showing the American
soldier, and Time magazine's Person of the Year, hauling High Value Target
Number One out of his filthy spiderhole in the village of al-Dwar.

Then along came that story: the one about the Kurds beating the US Army in the
race to find Saddam first, and details of Operation Red Dawn suddenly began to
evaporate.

US Army spokesmen - so effusive in the immediate wake of Saddam's capture - no
longer seemed willing to comment, or simply went to ground.

But rumours of the crucial Kurdish role persisted, even though it now seems
their previously euphoric spokesmen have now, similarly, been afflicted by an
inexplicable bout of reticence.

It was two weeks ago that the Sunday Herald revealed how a Kurdish special
forces unit belonging to the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan (PUK) had spearheaded
and tracked down Saddam, sealing off the al-Dwar farmhouse long before the
arrival of the US forces.

PUK leader Jalal Talabani had chosen to leak the news and details of the
operation's commander, Qusrut Rasul Ali, to the Iranian media long before Saddam
's capture was reported by the mainstream Western press or confirmed by the US
military.

By the time Western press agencies were running the same story, the entire
emphasis had changed however, and the ousted Iraqi president had been captured
in a raid by US forces backed by Kurdish fighters.

In the intervening few weeks that troublesome Kurdish story has gone around the
globe, picked up by newspapers from The Sydney Morning Herald to the US
Christian Science Monitor, as well as the Kurdish press.

While Washington and the PUK remain schtum, further confirmation that the Kurds
were way ahead in Saddam's capture continues to leak out.

According to one Israeli source who was in the company of Kurds at a meeting in
Athens early on December 14, one of the Kurdish representatives burst into the
conference room in tears and demanded an immediate halt to the discussions.

Saddam Hussein has been captured, he said, adding that he had received word
from Kurdistan - before any television reports.

According to the Israeli newspaper Haaretz, the delegate also confirmed that
most of the information leading to the deposed dictator's arrest had come from
the Kurds and - as our earlier Sunday Herald report revealed - who had organised
their own intelligence network which had been trying to uncover Saddam's tracks
for months.

The delegate further claimed that six months earlier the Kurds had discovered
that Saddam's wife was in the Tikrit area. This intelligence, most likely
obtained by Qusrut Rasul Ali and his PUK special forces unit, was transferred to
the Americans. The Kurds, however, are said to have never received any follow-up
from the coalition forces on this vital tip-off and were furious.

Whatever the full extent of their undoubted involvement in providing
intelligence or actively participating on the ground in Saddam's capture, the
Kurds, and the PUK in particular, would benefit handsomely.



Apart from a trifling $25 million bounty, their status would have been
substantially boosted in Washington, which may in part explain the recent
vociferous Kurdish reassertion of their long-term political ambitions in the
new Iraq.

For their own part the Kurds have already launched a political arrangement
designed to secure their aspirations with respect to autonomy, if not
nationalist or separatist aspirations.

To show how serious they are, the two main Kurdish groups, the PUK and the
Kurdistan Democratic Party (KDP), have decided to close ranks and set up a joint
Kurdish administration, with jobs being divided between the two camps. They have
made it clear to the Americans that their leadership has a responsibility to
their constituency.

Last week Massoud Barzani, leader of the KDP, called for a revision of the
power-transfer agreement signed between the US-led coalition and Iraq's interim
governing council to recognise Kurdish rights.

The November 15 agreement calls for the creation of a national assembly 

[CTRL] Conventional Wisdom Was Correct - Neocons and Bush Wrong

2004-01-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

The untold remarkable story is how a small bunch of crazed ideologues were able
to
capture control of American Foreign Policy and bring the nation to war against
all the predictions of the Washington Establishment.

I guess it is the old story. Once you control the brain of the King, the Kingdom
will follow. So much for our 'constitutional republic'.
flw

washingtonpost.com
Foresight Was 20/20
By Jackson Diehl

Monday, January 5, 2004; Page A17

The Bush administration has been hammered for failing to anticipate or plan for
the many problems of postwar Iraq or to set aside the money to pay for them. Its
spokesmen insist, as they did before the war, that there was no way of knowing
in advance what challenges might come up and what it might take to meet them.

Yet, looking back at what Washington's foreign policy community expected from an
intervention in Iraq, it's striking how much of the trouble the U.S. mission now
faces was accurately and publicly predicted.

On my desk is a pile of more than a dozen studies and pieces of congressional
testimony on the likely conditions of postwar Iraq, prepared before the invasion
by think tanks of the left, center and right, by task forces of veteran
diplomats and area experts, and by freelancing academics.

The degree of consensus was remarkable: Iraq's reconstruction would be long and
costly, violence was likely and goodwill toward the United States probably
wouldn't last for long.

Who could have foreseen the Sunni insurgency that is slowly bleeding U.S.
forces? Well, for one, Amatzia Baram, a well-known expert on Iraq. In a paper
included in a survey published by the Washington Institute for Near East Policy
in September 2002, Baram predicted that U.S. soldiers would represent an ideal
target for underground Baath cells, al Qaeda terrorists, Shiite fundamentalists.
The United States, he concluded, would be on the horns of a dilemma. If it
evacuated its military forces soon after toppling Saddam, it would be unable to
ensure the new regime's stability. If U.S. troops remained in Iraqi cities,
however, they would be in harm's way.

Phoebe Marr, another leading specialist on Iraq, also warned of a nationalist
backlash. In six months or a year, she told the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee 10 days before the war, some opposition [will] surface. She added:
This presents us with a dilemma, and we will have to make tradeoffs. To get
real political and social change -- a constitutional regime, for example -- will
take time. But the longer we stay, the more we risk generating national
resentment and opposition.

The resistance might not now be so great, of course, if the occupation
administration had not dissolved the Iraqi army -- an error that several of the
pre-war studies warned against.

The army could serve as a guarantor of peace and stability, said one
commission chaired by former ambassadors Edward P. Djerejian and Frank G.
Wisner. The army ought to be downsized and revamped . . . but this ought to be
done gradually and without deliberately humiliating its members, counseled the
International Crisis Group.

Nor, it turns out, was it so hard to predict how much the war would cost or how
many troops might be needed. A Council on Foreign Relations task force report
cited a range of 75,000 to 200,000 U.S. soldiers; there are 130,000 there now.
Former State Department official James Dobbins stressed in a footnote that this
is not a commitment America alone can long sustain. As for costs, most of the
independent estimates fell between $100 billion and $200 billion; William D.
Nordhaus of Yale published a widely quoted study predicting direct costs of $150
billion to $740 billion over 10 years. So far, the Bush administration has
committed to spend more than $160 billion in the first two years.

It's not that these predictions weren't heard inside the administration; some
were echoed by the State Department's own postwar Iraq project. But the small
group of Pentagon civilians who monopolized control over the occupation chose to
ignore the expert opinion -- they were more swayed by Iraqi exiles, who insisted
the country could be rapidly transformed if only existing institutions, such as
the army, were completely dismantled. L. Paul Bremer, who took charge of the
Coalition Provisional Authority in June, confessed that until his appointment he
had been absorbed by his private-sector career and hadn't read most of the Iraq
studies.

It's not too late to listen to some of the advice. The most serious problems
foreseen by the experts have not yet materialized but may do so this year. One
is the drive of the Kurdish leadership to acquire more territory and autonomy
than the rest of Iraq can tolerate, which could touch off a civil war or foreign
intervention. Another is the danger that an Iraqi provisional government will be
created too quickly, causing it to be perceived as a U.S. puppet. Summing up the
Washington Institute's collection of papers, Patrick

[CTRL] Flak jackets on for 2004

2004-01-03 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Mr Bush has one priority for 2004:
Get America out of Iraq. Fast.


Iraq is breaking up into rebels and collaborators,
with a vast heap of innocent bodies turning up
each day at the morgues.
By Robert Fisk
The Independent (UK) - January 2, 2003:

Ever since Daniel Pipes - he of the failed American neo-cons - piped up last
summer with his plan to install a democratic-minded autocrat (sic) in Iraq, I
have been eyeing the Washington crystal ball for further signs of what the
designers of this wretched war have in store for the Iraqis whom they
liberated for democracy last year. And bingo, not long before Christmas,
another of those chilling proposals for New Iraq popped up from the same
right-wing cabal. Any predictions for Iraq this year may thus have to be based
on the thoughts of Leslie Gelb, a former chairman of the United States Council
on Foreign Relations, whose wretched plans for liberated Iraq call for
something close to ethnic cleansing.

In no less an organ than The New York Times - the same paper which carried a
plea last year that Americans should accept that US troops will commit
atrocities in Iraq - appeared Mr Gelb's Three State Solution, an astonishing
combination of simplicity and ruthlessness. It goes like this. America should
create three mini-states in Iraq - Kurds in the north, Sunnis in the centre and
Shias in the south - the frontiers of these three entities drawn along ethnic,
sectarian lines. The general idea, says Mr Gelb, is to strengthen the Kurds
and Shias and weaken the Sunnis. Thus US forces can extricate themselves from
the quagmire of the Sunni triangle while the troublesome and domineering
Sunnis themselves - with no control over Iraq's northern or southern oil
fields - will be in a more moderate frame of mind.

True, the chopping up of Iraq might be a messy and dangerous enterprise - tens
of thousands of Iraqis, after all, would be thrown out of their homes and pushed
across new frontiers - but Washington should, if necessary, impose partition by
force. This is the essence of the Gelb plan.

Bosnia comes to mind. Or Kosovo. But if it gets us out of Iraq, who's going to
complain when we - the famous coalition of the willing - push those
recalcitrant, ungrateful Iraqis into the same kind of divide and rule colonial
world for which the Americans always used to excoriate the British.

It's important not to regard all this as the meandering of Washington
think-tanks. Pipes and Gelb and their friends helped to build the foundations of
this war, and their ideas are intended to further weaken Iraq as a nation - and
thus the Arab world as a whole - while maintaining American military power.
Already, the sectarian nature of New Iraq has been established by Washington's
proconsul in Baghad, Paul Bremer.

His Governing Council is made up of Shias, Sunnis and Kurds in direct
proportion to their share of the population. The Shias, who form 60 per cent of
the country, expect to take effective power in the Iraqi national elections this
year - this, after all, is the only reason why the Shia clergy have not urged
their people to join the anti-American insurgency - and the Americans and
British understand this all too well. Like so many of those Arab nations created
by the French and British amid the wreckage of the Ottoman empire after the
First World War, Iraq is to be governed along sectarian lines.

So the coming months are not difficult to comprehend. As the insurgency
continues - and as President Bush's re-election drama grows nearer - the US
administration will be ever more anxious to do two things: to insist that
America will stay the course - and to get out as quickly as possible. There
will be ever more policemen hired, ever more militias, ever more ex-members of
Saddam's old secret service, to act as sandbags between Iraqi guerillas and the
Americans. Already - with Iraqi cops taking the most casualties - this is coming
about. The Iraqi world is now breaking up into rebels and collaborators, with a
vast heap of innocent Iraqi bodies - of children playing beside roadside bombs,
children cut down by American gunfire during house raids or protests, busloads
of passengers caught in guerilla ambushes, diners blown apart in restaurants -
turning up each morning at the Baghdad morgue.

Mr Bush, of course, will be looking forward to the Show Trial of the Year to
help his election prospects. What, after all, could be more calculated to
justify the whole miserable occupation of Iraq than the concrete evidence of
Saddam's atrocities? Already, however, this highlight is beginning to look
distinctly worrying for the Bush administration, because any fair trial of the
old dictator must take into account the massive evidence, much of it still
secret in Washington, of the United States' involvement in creating - and
supporting - Saddam's regime for the cruellest years of his rule. The shark-like
lawyers already vying to defend Saddam are well aware that it was Washington
which 

[CTRL] PESTICIDE LINK TO MAD COW DISEASE

2004-01-03 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

SOME SUSPECT PESTICIDE LINK TO MAD COW DISEASE
http://abcnews.go.com/sections/living/SecondOpinion/secondopinion010525.html

NICHOLAS REGUSH, ABC NEWS - What if it turns out that the human form of mad
cow disease is triggered by environmental factors - and not by infectious
beef products - as some ongoing British research at Cambridge University
suggests? What if much of the science to date, focusing on contaminated
meat, has been overly simplistic or even dead wrong? The immediate
implication would be that we would have to rethink everything already done
to fight the disease, both in Britain where it began, in Europe, where it
has spread, and in other nations, including the United States, where
concerns are mounting about its potential to be unleashed. . .

The viewpoint held by most scientists is that an infectious agent likely
moved from sheep to cows and gained enough strength in its cross-species
jump to ravage the nervous system and cause the bovine brain to appear
spongy and rife with holes like Swiss cheese. This brain-destroying mad
cow infection was further transmitted, according to this interpretation,
via the rendering of carcasses, to meat and bone meal in feed. . .

But not according to David Brown, a biochemist at Cambridge University, who
counters that there is no conclusive proof that [mad cow disease] caused
vCJD. Next week at a scientific conference in Quebec City, he'll discuss
some of his most recent research, pointing to a possible environmental
explanation of both mad cow disease and vCJD. That conference is all about
manganese, a heavy metal, that is essential to life and is part of the daily
diet - for example, wheat, rice and tea provide the metal - but numerous
studies show that environmental overexposure to it can be dangerous to the
nervous system. . .

David Brown agrees with the conventional view that the key agent in the
disease is a protein called a prion. These prions are thought to keep
nerve cells stable. The conventional view holds that prions can somehow
become malformed and that's when they become infectious and capable of
damaging the brain. The malformed prion, then, according to the conventional
view, is the infectious and transmissible agent in mad cow disease and vCJD.
The infection is neither a virus, nor a bacterium.

Brown parts company here with the conventional view, altogether dismissing
the notion of an infectious prion. He told me: I have [published]
evidence from my cell culture experiments that shows manganese can change
the prion into its abnormal [and dangerous] form. This is especially the
case when the supply of copper to the cell is low. If David Brown's research
is on a correct path, then scientific and public concerns about infection
from beef could eventually be dwarfed by concerns about toxic effects in the
environment that cause copper levels to decrease and manganese levels to
rise. . .

Brown's research has given a boost to the controversial theories of Mark
Purdey, a farmer turned amateur scientist who has been challenging the
conventional view of mad cow disease and vCJD from the start. He has
provided detailed reports to the British government's hearings on mad cow
disease and has published several peer-reviewed scientific papers on the
subject, including data on how manganese in the environment may play a role
in both mad cow disease and vCJD.

BBC, MARCH 21, 20001 - The Phillips Inquiry into BSE confirmed that the
pesticides could make animals more susceptible to the disease. Not for the
first time, Mark Purdey had made a connection that the official scientists
had missed.

Edward Stourton The man from the Ministry had come with an order for the
treatment of Warble Fly - a parasite which lays its eggs under the skin of
cattle. Like all beef and dairy farmers in the area, Mark Purdey was told he
had to use an organophosphate pesticide on his livestock to eradicate the
infestation.

But he fought the order in court - and he won. When BSE was identified two
years later Mark Purdey noticed that the areas where the disease was
emerging more or less correlated with those where the organophosphates had
been used against Warble Fly. His conclusion that the pesticide caused BSE
turned out to be mistaken.

But nearly twenty years later the Phillips Inquiry into BSE confirmed that
it could make animals more susceptible to the disease. Not for the first
time, Mark Purdey had made a connection that the official scientists had
missed. . .

http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/programmes/correspondent/europe/1205915.stm

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being 

[CTRL] Transfer Tubes

2004-01-03 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

YOUR SON ISN'T DEAD, HE'S JUST IN A TRANSFER TUBE
http://www.disinfopedia.org/wiki.phtml?title=Transfer_tubes

DISINFOPEDIA - In order to continue to sell an increasingly unpopular Iraqi
invasion to the American people, President George W. Bush's administration
sweeps the messy parts of war - the grieving families, the flag-draped
coffins, the soldiers who have lost limbs - into a far corner of the
nation's attic. But today's military doesn't even use the words 'body bags'
- a term in common usage during the Vietnam War, when 58,000 Americans died.
... During the 1991 Persian Gulf War, the Pentagon began calling them 'human
remains pouches' and it now refers to them as transfer tubes.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] 14,000 US casualties in Iraq to date

2004-01-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

12-29-2003



Saddam in the Slammer, so why are we on Orange?
By David H. Hackworth

Almost daily we're told that another American soldier has sacrificed life or
limb in Iraq. For way too many of us - unless we have a white flag with a blue
star in our window - these casualty reports have become as big a yawn as a TV
forecast of the weather in Baghdad.

Even I - and I deal with that beleaguered land seven days a week - was staggered
when a Pentagon source gave me a copy of a Nov. 30 dispatch showing that since
George W. Bush unleashed the dogs of war, our armed forces have taken 14,000
casualties in Iraq - about the number of warriors in a line tank division.



We have the equivalent of five combat divisions plus support for a total of
about 135,000 troops deployed in the Iraqi theater of operations, which means we
've lost the equivalent of a fighting division since March. At least 10 percent
of the total number of Joes and Jills available to the theater commander to
fight or support the occupation effort have been evacuated back to the USA!



Lt. Col. Scott D. Ross of the U.S. military's Transportation Command told me
that as of Dec. 23, his outfit had evacuated 3,255 battle-injured casualties and
18,717 non-battle injuries.



 Of the battle casualties, 473 died and 3,255 were wounded by
hostile fire.



Following are the major categories of the non-battle evacuations:



   Orthopedic surgery - 3,907

 General surgery - 1,995

 Internal medicine - 1,291

 Psychiatric - 1,167

 Neurology - 1,002

 Gynecological - 491



Sources say that most of the gynecological evacuations are pregnancy-related,
although the exact figure can't be confirmed - Pentagon pregnancy counts are
kept closer to the vest than the number of nuke warheads in the U.S. arsenal.



Ross cautioned that his total of 21,972 evacuees could be higher than other
reports because in some cases, the same service member may be counted more than
once.



The Pentagon has never won prizes for the accuracy of its reporting, but I think
it's safe to say that so far somewhere between 14,000 and 22,000 soldiers,
sailors, airmen and Marines have been medically evacuated from Iraq to the USA.



So at the end of this turbulent year, we must ask ourselves: Was the price our
warriors paid in blood worth the outcome? Are we any safer than before our
pre-emptive invasion?



Even though Saddam is in the slammer and the fourth-largest army in the world is
junkyard scrap, Christmas 2003 was resolutely Orange, and 2004 looks like more
of the same. Or worse.



Our first New Year's resolution should be to find out if the stated reasons for
our pre-emptive strike - Iraq's purported weapons of mass destruction and Saddam
's connection with al-Qaeda - constituted a real threat to our national
security. Because, contrary to public opinion, the present administration hasn't
yet made the case that Saddam and his sadists aided and abetted al-Qaeda's
attacks on 9/11. We also need to know why our $30 billion-a-year intelligence
agencies didn't read the tea leaves correctly, as well as what's being done
besides upgrading the color code to prevent other similar strikes.



Congress should get with the program and lift a page from the U.S. Army handbook
on how to learn from a military operation. When an Army-training or
actual-combat op is concluded, all the key players assemble for an honest,
no-holds-barred critique of everything that's gone down - the good, the bad and
the ugly. Some of the participants might walk away black and blue, but everyone
learns from the mistakes.



Donald Rumsfeld, Paul Wolfowitz and retired Gen. Tommy Franks should be required
to report to a congressional committee convened to investigate both the invasion
and the planning - or lack of planning - for the occupation of Iraq. This
committee must operate without the political skullduggery that occurred during
the numerous investigations into the Pearl Harbor catastrophe - when high-level
malfeasance that cost thousands of lives and put America's national security in
extreme jeopardy was repeatedly covered up for more than 50 years.



Our Iraqi casualties deserve nothing less than the unvarnished truth. Only then
will their sacrifices not have been in vain. And only then can we all move on
with the enlightenment we need to protect and preserve our precious country's
future.



The address of David Hackworth's home page is Hackworth.com. Sign in for the
free weekly Defending America column at his Web site. Send mail to P.O. Box
11179, Greenwich, CT 06831. His newest book is Steel My Soldiers' Hearts.

© 2003 David H. Hackworth.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-

[CTRL] There NEVER Will Be A Real Saddam Public Trial

2003-12-30 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

NO REAL SADDAM TRIAL in 2004:

CRUCIAL HISTORY the AMERICANS Now Desperately Want Saddam Quieted About

Without the full history-as embarrassing as that record might be to
the last five U.S. presidents-the American people cannot judge whether
the nation's security will be enhanced or endangered by Bush's decision
to put the United States on its own aggressive course of action.

  Journalist Robert Perry, 23 February 2003

Missing U.S.-Iraq History

By Robert Parry | 12.16.03

As a correspondent for the Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s, Robert
Parry broke many of the stories now known as the Iran-Contra Affair. His new
book is Lost History.

With all the hoopla surrounding the capture of Saddam Hussein-caught like a
rat, read the Chicago Tribune headline-it is time to take a step back and
consider the full story of the Saddam Hussein and his long time relationship
with the U.S. government, beginning in 1959, when the CIA put Saddam on its
covert operations payroll in a plot to assassinate then Iraqi Prime Minister
Gen. Abd al-Karim Qasim.

In almost all of the instant histories that filled the news pages and the
airwaves after his capture, the relationship between Saddam and successive U.S.
presidential administrations has been ignored. National Public Radio, the
Washington Post, the New York Times, all ignored the documented fact that for
the decade of the '80s, Saddam was a key U.S. ally in the Middle East.

What follows is an article by investigative reporter Bob Parry, in which he
fills in some of the missing pieces. It originally appeared February 23, 2003,
before the war started, on Consortiumnews.com. As a correspondent for the
Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s, Robert Parry broke many of the
stories now known as the Iran-Contra Affair.  -Joel Bleifuss

Before George W. Bush gives the final order to invade Iraq-a nation that has not
threatened the United States-the American people might want a few facts about
the real history of U.S.-Iraq relations. Missing chapters from 1980 to the
present would be crucial in judging Bush's case for war.

But Americans don't have those facts because Bush and his predecessors in the
White House have kept this history hidden from the American people. When parts
of the story have emerged, administrations of both parties have taken steps to
suppress or discredit the disclosures. So instead of knowing the truth,
Americans have been fed a steady diet of distortions, simplifications and
outright lies.

This missing history also is not just about minor details. It goes to the heart
of the case against Saddam Hussein, including whether he is an especially
aggressive and unpredictable dictator who must be removed from power even at
the risk of America's standing in the world and the chance that a war will lead
to more terrorism against U.S. targets.

For instance, George W. Bush has frequently cited Saddam Hussein's invasions of
neighbors, Iran and Kuwait, as justification for the looming U.S. invasion of
Iraq. By defeating this threat, we will show other dictators that the path of
aggression will lead to their own ruin, Bush declared during a speech in
Atlanta on Feb. 20.

Leaving aside whether Bush's formulation is Orwellian double-speak-aggression to
discourage aggression-there is the historical question of whether Presidents
Jimmy Carter, Ronald Reagan and George H.W. Bush actually encouraged Saddam's
aggressions for geopolitical reasons or out of diplomatic incompetence.

Carter's 'Green Light'?

This intersection of Saddam's wars and U.S. foreign policy dates back at least
to 1980 when Iran's radical Islamic government held 52 Americans hostage in
Tehran and the sheiks of the oil-rich Persian Gulf feared that Ruhollah Khomeini
's radical breed of Islam might sweep them from power just as it had the Shah of
Iran a year earlier.

The Iranian government began its expansionist drive by putting pressure on the
secular government of Iraq, instigating border clashes and encouraging Iraq's
Shiite and Kurdish populations to rise up. Iranian operatives sought to
destabilize Saddam's government by assassinating Iraqi leaders. [For details,
see An Unnecessary War, Foreign Policy, January/February 2003.]

On Aug. 5, 1980, as tensions mounted on the Iran-Iraq border, Saudi rulers
welcomed Saddam to Riyadh for the first state visit ever by an Iraqi president
to Saudi Arabia. During meetings at the kingdom's ornate palaces, the Saudis
feted Saddam whose formidable Soviet-supplied army was viewed as a bulwark
against Iran.

Saudi leaders also say they urged Saddam to take the fight to Iran's
fundamentalist regime, advice that they say included a green light for the
invasion from President Carter.

Less than two months after Saddam's trip, with Carter still frustrated by his
inability to win release of the 52 Americans imprisoned in Iran, Saddam invaded
Iran on Sept. 22, 1980. The war would rage for eight years and kill an 

[CTRL] Neo-Cons Are Back - Crazier Then Ever!

2003-12-30 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Wednesday 31 December 2003
telegraph.co.uk

Hawks tell Bush how to win war on terror
By David Rennie in Washington
(Filed: 31/12/2003)

President George W Bush was sent a public manifesto yesterday by Washington's
hawks, demanding regime change in Syria and Iran and a Cuba-style military
blockade of North Korea backed by planning for a pre-emptive strike on its
nuclear sites.

The manifesto, presented as a manual for victory in the war on terror, also
calls for Saudi Arabia and France to be treated not as allies but as rivals and
possibly enemies.

The manifesto is contained in a new book by Richard Perle, a Pentagon adviser
and intellectual guru of the hardline neo-conservative movement, and David
Frum, a former Bush speechwriter. They give warning of a faltering of the will
to win in Washington.

In the battle for the president's ear, the manifesto represents an attempt by
hawks to break out of the post-Iraq doldrums and strike back at what they see as
a campaign of hostile leaking by their foes in such centres of caution as the
State Department or in the military top brass.

Their publication, An End to Evil: How to Win the War on Terror, coincided with
the latest broadside from the hawks' enemy number one, Colin Powell, the
secretary of state.

Though on leave recovering from a prostate cancer operation, Mr Powell summoned
reporters to his bedside to hail encouraging signs of a new attitude in Iran
and call for the United States to keep open the prospect of dialogue with the
Teheran authorities.

Such talk is anathema to hawks like Mr Perle and Mr Frum who urge Washington to
shun the mullahs and work for their overthrow in concert with Iranian
dissidents.

It may be assumed that their instincts at least are shared by hawks inside the
government, whose twin power bases are the Pentagon's civilian leadership and
the office of the vice-president, Dick Cheney.

Such officials prevailed over invading Afghanistan and Iraq, but have been seen
as on the back foot since the autumn as their post-war visions of building a
secular, free-market Iraq were scaled back in favour of compromise and a swift
handover of power next June.

The book demands that any talks with North Korea require the complete and
immediate abandonment of its nuclear programme.

As North Korea will probably refuse such terms, the book urges a Cuba-style
military blockade and overt preparations for war, including the rapid pullback
of US forces from the inter-Korean border so that they move out of range of
North Korean artillery.

Such steps, with luck, will prompt China to oust its nominal ally, Kim Jong-il,
and install a saner regime in North Korea, the authors write.

The authoritarian rule of Syria's leader, Bashar Assad, should also be ended,
encouraged by shutting oil supplies from Iraq, seizing arms he buys from Iran,
and raids into Syria to hunt terrorists.

The authors urge Mr Bush to tell the truth about Saudi Arabia. Wealthy Saudis,
some of them royal princes, fund al-Qa'eda, they write.

The Saudi government backs terror-tainted Islamic organisations as part of a
larger campaign to spread its extremist version of Islam throughout the Muslim
world and into Europe and North America.

The book calls for tough action against France and its dreams of offsetting US
power. We should force European governments to choose between Paris and
Washington, it states. Britain's independence from Europe should be preserved,
perhaps with open access for British arms to American defence markets.


 © Copyright of Telegraph Group Limited 2003. Terms  Conditions of reading.
Commercial information.   Privacy Policy.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Revealed: How MI6 Sold the Iraq War

2003-12-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Revealed: How MI6 Sold the Iraq War

By Nicholas Rufford

12/28/03: (The Times - London):THE Secret Intelligence Service has run an
operation to gain public support for sanctions and the use of military force in
Iraq. The government yesterday confirmed that MI6 had organised Operation Mass
Appeal, a campaign to plant stories in the media about Saddam Hussein's weapons
of mass destruction.

The revelation will create embarrassing questions for Tony Blair in the run-up
to the publication of the report by Lord Hutton into the circumstances
surrounding the death of Dr David Kelly, the government weapons expert.

A senior official admitted that MI6 had been at the heart of a campaign launched
in the late 1990s to spread information about Saddam's development of nerve
agents and other weapons, but denied that it had planted misinformation. There
were things about Saddam's regime and his weapons that the public needed to
know, said the official.

The admission followed claims by Scott Ritter, who led 14 inspection missions in
Iraq, that MI6 had recruited him in 1997 to help with the propaganda effort. He
described meetings where the senior officer and at least two other MI6 staff had
discussed ways to manipulate intelligence material.

The aim was to convince the public that Iraq was a far greater threat than it
actually was, Ritter said last week.

He said there was evidence that MI6 continued to use similar propaganda tactics
up to the invasion of Iraq earlier this year. Stories ran in the media about
secret underground facilities in Iraq and ongoing programmes (to produce weapons
of mass destruction), said Ritter. They were sourced to western intelligence
and all of them were garbage.

Kelly, himself a former United Nations weapons inspector and colleague of
Ritter, might also have been used by MI6 to pass information to the media.
Kelly was a known and government-approved conduit with the media, said Ritter.

Hutton's report is expected to deliver a verdict next month on whether
intelligence was misused in order to promote the case for going to war. Hutton
heard evidence that Kelly was authorised by the Foreign Office to speak to
journalists on Iraq. Kelly was in close touch with the Rockingham cell, a
group of weapons experts that received MI6 intelligence.

Blair justified his backing for sanctions and for the invasion of Iraq on the
grounds that intelligence reports showed Saddam was working to acquire chemical,
biological and nuclear weapons. The use of MI6 as a back channel for promoting
the government's policies on Iraq was never discovered during the Hutton inquiry
and is likely to cause considerable disquiet among MPs.

A key figure in Operation Mass Appeal was Sir Derek Plumbly, then director of
the Middle East department at the Foreign Office and now Britain's ambassador to
Egypt. Plumbly worked closely with MI6 to help to promote Britain's Middle East
policy.

The campaign was judged to be having a successful effect on public opinion. MI6
passed on intelligence that Iraq was hiding weapons of mass destruction and
rebuilding its arsenal.

Poland, India and South Africa were initially chosen as targets for the campaign
because they were non-aligned UN countries not supporting the British and US
position on sanctions. At the time, in 1997, Poland was also a member of the UN
security council.

Ritter was a willing accomplice to the alleged propaganda effort when first
approached by MI6's station chief in New York. He obtained approval to
co-operate from Richard Butler, then executive chairman of the UN Special
Commission on Iraq Disarmament.

Ritter met MI6 to discuss Operation Mass Appeal at a lunch in London in June
1998 at which two men and a woman from MI6 were present. The Sunday Times is
prevented by the Official Secrets Act from publishing their names.

Ritter had previously met the MI6 officer at Vauxhall Cross, the service's
London headquarters. He asked Ritter for information on Iraq that could be
planted in newspapers in India, Poland and South Africa from where it would
feed back to Britain and America.

Ritter opposed the Iraq war but this is the first time that he has named members
of British intelligence as being involved in a propaganda campaign. He said he
had decided to name names because he was frustrated at an official cover-up
and the misuse of intelligence.

What MI6 was determined to do by the selective use of intelligence was to give
the impression that Saddam still had WMDs or was making them and thereby
legitimise sanctions and military action against Iraq, he said.

Recent reports suggest America has all but abandoned hopes of finding weapons of
mass destruction in Iraq and that David Kay, head of the Iraq Survey Group, has
resigned earlier than expected, frustrated that his resources have been diverted
to tracking down insurgents.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing 

[CTRL] No Christmas cheer in caged-in Bethlehem

2003-12-24 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

w w w . h a a r e t z d a i l y . c o m

Last update - 02:48 25/12/2003
No Christmas cheer in caged-in Bethlehem
By Arnon Regular and Amos Harel

Bethlehem, encircled by its occupation army, woke up to another bleak Christmas
Eve. It's a little better than last year, but only just, said Hanna Nasser,
the mayor of Jesus' birthplace. Pilgrims come for a few hours and leave, and
there's no holiday spirit. The town is under closure and its north is paralyzed,
because of the building of the separation fence, he said.

Nasser said 1,200 pilgrims spent last night in Bethlehem, compared to 50,000 for
every day of the holidays in 2000, when they packed hotels newly built for the
Millennium. Around 15,000 tourists are expected to visit Bethlehem between the
present Catholic Christmas and the Armenian festival on January 18, he said.

Five months ago IDF troops retreated from the city and the PA assumed security
authority. But army roadblocks still cage in Bethlehem's 140,000 residents and
adjacent villages. The massive barrier going up along the northern part have
left the residents with little hope of deliverance from isolation and
impoverishment. All this has also kept away all but a few of the most intrepid
pilgrims.

There was little sign of Christmas cheer except for the forlorn bulbs dangling
on a towering tree outside the Church of the Nativity. Bleak shop windows were
filled with neglected displays of lively wooden Christmas carvings.

There has been no work here for three years because there are no tourists,
said Caroline Mickel, standing with arms folded outside her family souvenir
shop. A few small tour groups arrived but slipped quickly inside the Church of
the Nativity for Mass without looking in the shops.

The government said it had relaxed military blockades in the West Bank to make
it easier for Christian Palestinians and foreigners to reach Bethlehem. For the
first time since the intifada began, fir trees appeared in a few places and some
restaurants were half full.

The Bethlehem hotel, accommodating mainly journalists and PA officials, reached
50 percent occupancy yesterday - something of a Christmas miracle.

Around 10,000 people gathered in Manger Square to watch the traditional pre-Mass
procession of clergymen led by Michel Sabbah, the Roman Catholic Patriarch in
the Holy Land, plus a a fife-and-drum scouts band.

However, most of the spectators turned out to be unarmed Palestinian security
and plainclothes men, scores of journalists and impecunious locals, rather than
the cheery foreign pilgrims who once poured into Bethlehem and swelled the
town's coffers.

People used to spend the whole year in anticipation of Christmas. Now Christmas
is like any other day, taxi driver Naef Al-Moadi said of the gloomy mood.

But despite its severe economic crisis and 30 percent unemployment, there are
signs that Bethlehem may be starting to recover a little from the intifada. The
Israeli closure on the city does make it difficult for residents to move, and
only five or six pilgrim buses arrive per day, but life seems to be continuing.

We are both suffering from a tourism crisis but Israel could at least allow
Arab Christians from the West Bank, Gaza, and inside the Green Line to come and
help Bethlehem revive, said Arda Bamia, who is in charge of marketing tourism
in the PA.

The shops at Manger Square, starved of customers, were draped in protest banners
saying Stop the Wall, Don't turn Bethlehem into a Ghetto and The Holy Land
Doesn't Need Walls, but Bridges. Alongside hung a huge portrait of Palestinian
leader Yasser Arafat.

About 50 Palestinians added to the somber atmosphere in Manger Square with a
sit-down protest to demand the return of their relatives Israel expelled in May
2002, as part of a deal to end the IDF siege on Church of the Nativity.

The IDF believes a few thousand tourists will visit Bethlehem in the next few
days. A senior officer told Haaretz foreign tourists and Christians from Israel
and the West Bank will be allowed in, and that both sides have an interest in
keeping order during the festivities.

He said the PA was preserving public order and preventing shooting toward
Israeli territory. Israeli and Palestinian officers meet in Bethlehem weekly to
coordinate protection for the tourists who come for Christmas.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust 

[CTRL] The Saddam Scam

2003-12-23 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

SADDAM DRUGGED, CAPTURE STAGED,
U.S. TRICKS WORLD OPINION ONE MORE TIME

MID-EAST REALITIES - MER - www.MiddleEast.Org - Washington -  23 December 2003:
Will there really be a serious trial of Saddam Hussein?   Not likely.   Only a
carefully choreographed 'show trial' is likely, if even that.   The Americans
have to figure out some way to prevent the former Iraqi President from putting
on a real defense during which he would obviously want to tell all he knows from
the past that would tend to either exonorate him and/or implicate others,
including the U.S., in his past acts.The Americans, and  those now put in
charge in Iraq by them, have to come up with some way to either keep Saddam
drugged-up or hushed-up throughout the 'legal' proceedings.No real
international trial, that's for sure -- they definitely will not allow that.
Some kind of rigid controlled 'show trial' in Iraq with a big 'off button' every
time Saddam or his lawyers try to talk about no-no things is what is likely now,
if even that.In this context this analysis by Yvonne Ridley, recently let go
by Al-Jazeera for unknown reasons, and now again working with Gordon Thomas and
the group they call Globe-Intel in Ireland, is of special interest and
significance.   And not just about the upcoming 'show trial'; also about how
Saddam's capture was really itself so carefully choreographed by the Americans
for the T.V. cameras.





SADDAM'S EXILE IN QATAR
by Yvonne Ridley*

Saddam Hussein will be detained for life in a Qatar prison after his showcase
trial. Intense behind-the-scenes negotiations, brokered by Britain, will see the
former dictator jailed in the tiny Gulf state for security reasons. He was
offered exile in Qatar before the outbreak of the war in Iraq, but rejected the
offer made by Arab leaders looking for a peaceful solution. Globe-Intel can also
reveal how Saddam was:

BETRAYED by those closest to him.
POISONED by food laced with dope.
HANDED over to a leading Kurdish group.
HELD hostage until a deal was cut with the US.
DRUGGED by his Kurdish captors.

Exile is the only solution because if he remains in Iraq there are pockets of
loyal supporters who will try and break him out. Wherever he is held, he will be
regarded as a rallying point and target, because of course there are those who
will try and assassinate him.

However his exile will not be like the one Saudi gave Idi Amin, revealed a
senior military intelligence source referring to the late Ugandan dictator.
There will be no luxury lifestyle for Saddam. He will be held in a prison in
Qatar for the rest of his life. There is still a possibility of an international
trial because Iraq has no legal system or government in place. Exile is the only
option which should satisfy most parties.

The Qataris have been consulted very closely, their co-operation is extremely
important in this, and they are in a position to hold him in secure surroundings
where other countries in the region are not, he added.

A senior Qatari source confirmed that talks have already taken place at the
highest level, but denied the Iraqi leader was now in the Gulf peninsula where
the US Central Command has its war headquarters. An official denial was issued
earlier this week from the state's capital in Doha that Saddam was already being
held here. This was reinforced by Captain Bruce Frame from US Central Command in
Florida who said: For security reasons we cannot identify where he is at the
moment.

Muwafaq al-Rubaiye, a member of Iraq's Governing Council, told an Arab satellite
station: There is no truth to this news. Saddam is still in Iraq. Saddam will
be put on trial in Baghdad in an Iraqi court that will be fair.

US commander in Iraq, Lt Gen Ricardo Sanchez, has also declined to comment on
Saddam's whereabouts.

He's being held at an undisclosed location where we've made all the provisions
to ensure his health is maintained, we keep him safe and we make sure we are
getting from him the information that will be necessary for us to continue the
mission we've been assigned here, Sanchez said.

He is being accorded all the rights of a prisoner of war. We are going to treat
him humanely we are going to treat him according to the Geneva Conventions, but
his status has yet to be determined, he added.

However, speculation increased last night that Saddam is being held in one of
the US battle group carriers in the region, again for security reasons. The
occupying forces in Iraq have come under increasing resistance attacks since US
President George W Bush declared the war at an end on May 1.

Holding the ousted Iraqi leader onboard a war ship would prevent a rallying
point for those pockets of Ba'athists still loyal to Saddam. White House
officials, including the US President, were jubilant last Saturday when Saddam,
eight months on the run, was finally captured in a spider hole near his
birthplace Tikrit.

However, Globe-Intel has learned his capture may not have been all that the

[CTRL] Rumsfeld Visited Baghdad in 1984 to Reassure Saddam After Kurd Gassing

2003-12-19 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
Rumsfeld Visited Baghdad in 1984 to Reassure Iraqis, Documents Show
Trip Followed Criticism Of Chemical Arms' Use

By Dana Priest
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, December 19, 2003; Page A42


Donald H. Rumsfeld went to Baghdad in March 1984 with instructions to deliver a
private message about weapons of mass destruction: that the United States'
public criticism of Iraq for using chemical weapons would not derail
Washington's attempts to forge a better relationship, according to newly
declassified documents.

Rumsfeld, then President Ronald Reagan's special Middle East envoy, was urged to
tell Iraqi Foreign Minister Tariq Aziz that the U.S. statement on chemical
weapons, or CW, was made strictly out of our strong opposition to the use of
lethal and incapacitating CW, wherever it occurs, according to a cable to
Rumsfeld from then-Secretary of State George P. Shultz.

The statement, the cable said, was not intended to imply a shift in policy, and
the U.S. desire to improve bilateral relations, at a pace of Iraq's choosing,
remained undiminished. This message bears reinforcing during your
discussions.

The documents, obtained under the Freedom of Information Act by the nonprofit
National Security Archive, provide new, behind-the-scenes details of U.S.
efforts to court Iraq as an ally even as it used chemical weapons in its war
with Iran.

An earlier trip by Rumsfeld to Baghdad, in December 1983, has been widely
reported as having helped persuade Iraq to resume diplomatic ties with the
United States. An explicit purpose of Rumsfeld's return trip in March 1984, the
once-secret documents reveal for the first time, was to ease the strain created
by a U.S. condemnation of chemical weapons.

The documents do not show what Rumsfeld said in his meetings with Aziz, only
what he was instructed to say. It would be highly unusual for a presidential
envoy to have ignored direct instructions from Shultz.

When details of Rumsfeld's December trip came to light last year, the defense
secretary told CNN that he had cautioned Saddam Hussein about the use of
chemical weapons, an account that was at odds with the declassified State
Department notes of his 90-minute meeting, which did not mention such a caution.
Later, a Pentagon spokesman said Rumsfeld raised the issue not with Hussein, but
with Aziz.

Pentagon spokesman Larry Di Rita said yesterday that the secretary said what he
said, and I would go with that. He has a recollection of how that meeting went,
and I can't imagine that some additional cable is going to change how he recalls
the meeting.

I don't think it has to be inconsistent, Di Rita said. You could make a
strong condemnation of the use of chemical weapons, or any kind of lethal
agents, and then say, with that in mind, 'Here's another set of issues'  to be
discussed.

Last year, the Bush administration cited its belief that Iraq had and would use
weapons of mass destruction -- including chemical, biological and nuclear
devices -- as the principal reason for going to war.

But throughout 1980s, while Iraq was fighting a prolonged war with Iran, the
United States saw Hussein's government as an important ally and bulwark against
the militant Shiite extremism seen in the 1979 revolution in Iran. Washington
worried that the Iranian example threatened to destabilize friendly monarchies
in Kuwait, Saudi Arabia and Jordan.

Publicly, the United States maintained neutrality during the eight-year
Iran-Iraq war, which began in 1980.

Privately, however, the administrations of Reagan and George H.W. Bush sold
military goods to Iraq, including poisonous chemicals and deadly biological
agents, worked to stop the flow of weapons to Iran, and undertook discreet
diplomatic initiatives, such as the two Rumsfeld trips to Baghdad, to improve
relations with Hussein.

Tom Blanton, executive director of the National Security Archives, a
Washington-based research center, said the secret support for Hussein offers a
lesson for U.S. foreign relations in the post-Sept. 11 world.

The dark corners of diplomacy deserve some scrutiny, and people working in
places like Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Pakistan and Uzbekistan deserve this kind of
scrutiny, too, because the relations we're having with dictators today will
produce Saddams tomorrow.

Shultz, in his instructions to Rumsfeld, underscored the confusion that the
conflicting U.S. signals were creating for Iraq.

Iraqi officials have professed to be at a loss to explain our actions as
measured against our stated objectives, he wrote. As with our CW statement,
their temptation is to give up rational analysis and retreat to the line that
U.S. policies are basically anti-Arab and hostage to the desires of Israel.

The declassified documents also show the hope of another senior diplomat, the
British ambassador to Iraq, in working constructively with Hussein.

Shortly after Hussein became deputy to the president in 1969, then-British
Ambassador H.G. Balfour Paul 

[CTRL] Americans Flew Saddam Out of Iraq In April

2003-12-17 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Iraqi Comdr. Says He Saw
US Fly Saddam Out Of Baghdad
By Bill Dash
12-15-3

Note - Since the officer could not see the occupants, we cannot know for
certain who was inside. It is possible this was a group of Saddam's top officers
and officials who had made deals - sold out - to the US and were being
extracted as part of that deal. -ed

Film will soon be made public of an Iraqi Army officer describing how he saw
a US Air Force transport fly Saddam Hussein out of Baghdad. The explosive
eyewitness testimony was shot by independent filmmaker Patrick Dillon, who
recently returned from a risky one-man odyssey in Iraq. In the film, the
officer, who
told Dillon that he commanded a special combat unit during the battle for
Baghdad airport and whose identity is temporarily being withheld, explains in
detail how he watched as the Iraqi dictator and members of his inner circle were
evacuated from Iraq's capital by what he emphatically insists were United
States Air Force cargo planes.

Presently, the only copies of the film (which I have not yet seen) are in New
York City. People who have viewed it describe it to me as compelling.

Dillon told me by phone that, prior to the final assault on the capital by
American ground forces, the officer had been entrusted with the near impossible
job of ensuring that one of Baghdad airport's runways would remain operational
no matter what. In civilian life, the officer is reportedly a highly trained
civil engineer specializing in airport operations. He states he was selected
to command this hazardous mission in part because of his expertise in concrete
surface construction. He goes on to report that there was a ferocious battle
at the airport, with losses on both sides far worse than the mainstream news
services acknowledge. He deviates even further from officially sanctioned
accounts, by unequivocally stating that the battle for control of the airport
actually lasted several days longer than commonly believed, dragging on through
April 8th and culminating around dawn on the morning of the 9th. Most news
sources
cite April 4th as the day when the airport fell. But many conventional
accounts also acknowledge, if only in passing, uncertainty as to exactly when
the
airport was fully subdued,frequently offering the 5th and the 6th as other
possibilities. Virtually everyone agrees on April 9th as the day that the battle
for the entire city officially ended.
In any event, the officer adamantly maintains that his combat/construction
brigade, despite heavy casualties, managed to hold off US troops and preserve a
useable length of runway right through the night of April the 8th.

Then early on the morning of April 9th, as the remnants of his unit were
close to being overrun, a general cease-fire was unexpectedly declared for 6 AM.
Shortly after it went into effect, and in broad daylight, the officer claims a
motorcade of 10 Mercedes stretch limos suddenly barreled onto the airfield,
carrying Saddam and his entourage. Almost simultaneously, a flight of what the
officer asserts were four USAF Hercules transports swooped down and landed on
the lone stretch of intact runway. All four C-130s dropped their rear loading
ramps and the limos drove up into the cargo bays of the waiting planes, which
then took off. The officer insists he has no idea where Saddam or any of the
other members of his party may have gone.

Dillon says his film lends major support to what many have believed for
years: that Saddam was little more than an american tool, a stage-managed
evildoer, just one in a long line of useful villains bought and paid for by
the
United States in order to better manipulate international politics and commerce.
The gutsy New York based filmmaker, who risked his life amid the chaos of
postwar Iraq, says that much of the Iraqi populace believes Saddam is not dead
and
they worry he could still exact revenge from afar. While many Iraqi civilians
initially welcomed American forces, Dillon told me most Iraqis, having now had
a bitter taste of American occupation, feel enraged with the US and its
soldiers. Dillon said living conditions in Iraq are horrible and that little of
significance is being done to relieve the situation.

Based on what he saw during his travels, Dillon told me he's convinced the
war and its sweeping devastation of the Iraqi nation is in reality a mind
boggling charade. Rather than liberating Iraq, its actual purpose is to corral
Iraq's huge oil reserves and to serve as a pretext for channeling tens of
billions
in largesse to favored American corporations like Haliburton and Bechtel. As
an example, Dillon pointed to how US air strikes systematically obliterated
every last Iraqi telecommunications facility from one end of the country to the
other, a measure he maintains vastly exceeded all practical military necessity.
Then, without even the pretense of a competitive bid, Washington gifted
WorldCom, the near bankrupt US telecom giant responsible for the 

[CTRL] A year of stunning growth in government

2003-12-07 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Christian Science Monitor
December 08, 2003 edition -
http://www.csmonitor.com/2003/1208/p01s02-uspo.html

The most irresponsible year ever

US spending surges to historic level
Vote on gargantuan bill in Congress caps a year of stunning growth in
government.
By Gail Russell Chaddock | Staff writer of The Christian Science Monitor

WASHINGTON - President Bush and the Republican-led Congress are spending money
at a rate not seen since World War II - and America's expanding war on terrorism
isn't the main reason.

Spending for national security, it is true, has surged due to the military
effort in Iraq and stepped-up homeland security.

But judging by a bill that Congress is taking up Monday, the lasting fiscal
legacy of the Bush administration will also include a historic rise in domestic
spending that could affect everything from consumer interest rates to a fiscal
landscape that could force epic tax increases in future.

The spending growth is punctuated this week by a single vote in the House that
wraps in all the spending leftovers - not all the money for troops, not the big
Medicare expansion - and totals $820 billion. That's as big as the annual
economic output of Sweden and Spain combined.

Behind the shift are several factors, notably the Republican Party's changing
strategy and the lapsing of self-imposed fiscal restraints in Congress since Mr.
Bush took office.

The Republican party is simply not interested in small government now, says
Brian Riedl, a budget analyst at the Heritage Foundation, a conservative think
tank. They're worse than the Democrats they replaced.

The upshot: Federal spending per household is above $20,000 this year - a level
not seen since World War II caused military spending to surge. This time,
military spending is again a big factor, but accounts for less than half of
recent increases, the Heritage Foundation says.

It's not just all those pork projects crammed into the end-of-year spending
package that worries conservatives. Many concede that pet projects are the price
of getting out of Washington, no matter which party has control.

More broadly, what troubles many conservatives - and could open a rift within
the Republican Party - is Mr. Bush's apparent abandonment of small government
as a party mantra.

The 'price' of GOP power?
But long-time GOP conservatives are also beginning to say publicly that big
government may also be the price for any party that aspires to hold onto its
majority. Stung by electoral losses in 1996 and 1998, Republican leaders dropped
talk of abolishing the Department of Education and cutting government. It
turned out the American people did not want a major reduction of government,
writes Rep. John Boehner (R) of Ohio in a position paper released last week
titled: Are Republicans the Party of Big Government?

While Republicans would like to see government shrink, new political
realities, including 9/11 and the multitude of stakeholders in government
after years of liberal control mean that Republicans often have to settle for
simply slowing its growth, writes Mr. Boehner, an architect of the GOP takeover
of the House in 1994. Republicans have accepted such realities as the burdens
of majority governance.

Much of the $2.2 trillion that Washington is expected to spend in fiscal year
2004 is for mandatory spending on Social Security and Medicare. But so-called
discretionary spending has also increased some 22 percent during the Bush
presidency, from $734 billion in 2002 to $873 billion in 2004.

The Concord Coalition, a bipartisan watchdog, calls this the most irresponsible
year ever.

The House may approve the spending bill Monday. In the Senate passage is also
expected but the vote could be delayed, perhaps into the new year, by Democratic
maneuvering.

While critics decry billions of dollars of small pork projects, the bulk of
domestic spending is for major programs. Exhibit A is the expansion of Medicare
to include prescription drugs, which President Bush is expected to sign into law
Monday. Sold as a $400 billion reform, the real costs could soar past $2
trillion in the second decade, as 76 million baby boomers begin to retire into
the system. Conservatives say it's a formula for massive deficits and tax
increases in the years to come.

Then, there's the $180 billion farm bill, passed just in time for 2002
elections, when farm states determined control of the Senate. It buried out of
sight any thought of rolling back the federal system of farm support, which
conservatives once pledged to abolish.

The president's signature No Child Left Behind Act increased education spending
by 33 to 68 percent, depending on how you calculate the numbers.

While lauding the Bush administration's annual tax cuts, conservatives worry
that what will determine taxes in the long run is what Washington spends.

Crunching Bush's numbers
The extent of the spending increase depends on how you cut the numbers. The
president laid down a marker of 

[CTRL] Democratic Hopefuls Play Down Gun Control

2003-10-26 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
Democratic Hopefuls Play Down Gun Control


By Jim VandeHei
Washington Post Staff Writer
Sunday, October 26, 2003; Page A01


MANCHESTER, N.H. -- Democratic presidential candidates are distancing themselves
from tough gun control, reversing a decade of rhetoric and advocacy by the
Democratic Party in favor of federal regulation of firearms.

Most Democratic White House hopefuls rarely highlight gun control in their
campaigns, and none of the candidates who routinely poll near the top is calling
for the licensing of new handgun owners, a central theme of then-Vice President
Al Gore's winning primary campaign in 2000.

Howard Dean, the early front-runner this year, proudly tells audiences that the
National Rifle Association endorsed him as governor of Vermont. As president,
Dean said he would leave most gun laws to the states. The federal government,
Dean said in an interview here, should not inflict regulations on states such
as Montana and Vermont, where gun crime is not a big problem. New York and
California can have as much gun control as they want, but those states -- and
not the federal government -- should make that determination, he said.

Rep. Richard A. Gephardt, a longtime gun control advocate, is careful to
highlight his support for law-abiding gun owners. The Missouri Democrat said he
is not interested in giving the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Explosives more authority to investigate gun crimes, a top priority for the gun
control activist. They have enough, he said in an interview.

As a result, Democratic strategists and several of the candidates themselves
predict the debate over gun laws in this campaign will be less divisive.
Democrats might fight for narrow proposals to make guns safer and more difficult
for children and criminals to obtain, they said, yet voters are likely to hear
as much about enforcing existing gun laws as creating new ones -- a position
Republicans and the NRA have pushed for years.

What you are seeing . . . is a sea change from the 1990s, when President Bill
Clinton and Gore championed several major gun laws -- and paid a big political
price for it, said Wayne LaPierre, executive vice president of the NRA.

It's very important for us as Democrats to understand that where I come from
guns are about a lot more than guns themselves, said Sen. John Edwards (N.C.),
one of nine Democrats seeking the presidency. They are about independence. For
a lot of people who work hard for a living, one of the few things they feel they
have any control over is whether they can buy a gun and hunt. They don't want
people messing with that, which I understand.

The change holds true in Congress, too. Many Democrats are playing down gun
issues there, and several, including Senate Minority Leader Thomas A. Daschle
(S.D.), are co-sponsoring a bill to shield gun manufacturers from lawsuits, a
top NRA priority for the 108th Congress. In the 2002 congressional races, 94
percent of NRA-endorsed candidates won.

In the presidential race, several candidates said the gun issue contributed to
Gore's defeat in 2000 and could backfire on the party again next year if
Democrats do not quickly lose their anti-gun image .

Indeed, the Democrats' shift away from gun control is rooted more in politics
than in a belief that gun laws do not help prevent crime and death, several
Democrats said privately. It started after the 1994 elections, when Democrats
lost control of the House and watched such veterans as then-Speaker Thomas S.
Foley (Wash.) get ousted after the Democratic-controlled House passed
legislation making it illegal to manufacture, transfer or possess 19
semiautomatic firearms. The bill, which Clinton signed into law, does not apply
to the sale or possession of weapons legally held before the ban took effect.

Surveys showed that the gun issue played a huge if not decisive role in ending
the Democrats' decades-long rule of the House that year. Still, many Democrats
continued to target guns as a key contributor to violence and death, a belief
reinforced for many by the 1999 Columbine shootings. Gore was among those
leading the charge for new restrictions.

In the 2000 presidential primaries, Gore and former senator Bill Bradley (N.J.)
engaged in what sounded to some like a bidding war for who would clamp down the
hardest on handguns. Gore tried to distance himself from the gun issue in the
waning months of his campaign against George W. Bush, but it was too late.

A key turning point in the debate over federal laws regulating guns came on
election night, when Gore lost West Virginia, Arkansas and even his home state
of Tennessee. Many of today's candidates blame the gun issue, in part, for
Gore's defeat in those states and others. Gephardt said there's no doubt it
hurt Gore.

As the candidates survey the map for 2004, they find that most competitive
states are home to thousands of hunters and other gun owners -- states such as
Ohio, Pennsylvania and 

[CTRL] Hi Tech Intell Failure in Iraq

2003-10-25 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
Intelligence Problems In Iraq Are Detailed

By Thomas E. Ricks
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, October 25, 2003; Page A01

The U.S. military intelligence gathering operation in Iraq is being undercut by
a series of problems in using technology, training intelligence specialists and
managing them in the field, according to an internal Army evaluation.

A report published this week by the Center for Army Lessons Learned at Fort
Leavenworth, Kan., uses unusually blunt language to identify the intelligence
problems and to recommend solutions. In discussing the training of intelligence
specialists, for example, it states that commanders reported that younger
officers and soldiers were unprepared for their assignments, did not understand
the targeting process and possessed very little to no analytical skills.

In a related assessment, the report also states that reserve troops specializing
in civil affairs and psychological operations sent earlier this year to
Afghanistan received marginally effective training before their deployment.
The poor quality of mission preparation was inexcusable given that the
operation was over a year and a half old, it concludes.

The Army critique of U.S. intelligence efforts in Iraq is especially noteworthy,
because the Bush administration and senior military commanders have maintained
for months that more U.S. troops are not needed in Iraq, and that what is
needed, instead, is better intelligence. The report discloses, for example, that
the intelligence teams already operating in Iraq have been far less productive
than the Army expected them to be. The 69 tactical human intelligence teams
operating in the country at the time of the study, at the beginning of the
summer, should have been producing at least 120 reports a day, but instead
were delivering an average total of 30, it states. It attributes that apparent
underperformance to the lack of guidance and focus from the intelligence
office overseeing the teams' work.

The report also says that some key intelligence machinery has been misused in
Iraq, which raises questions about the high-tech solutions that some at the
Pentagon are advocating to improve the U.S. military's performance in Iraq.

Most notably, it is critical of how unmanned aircraft have been used in recent
months. At one point, it notes that one such unmanned aerial vehicle, or UAV,
was assigned to find buried aircraft. Also, a major UAV system, the Hunter, was
kept idle for 30 days because it had not been assigned an operational frequency
on which to operate.

Managers of UAV operations were overwhelmed with tasks and were lucky to
have their aircraft in the right place at the right time, the report says. UAVs
fly so slowly, it adds, that they could not get to where they were needed. So,
while the planes were employed to try to locate Iraqi fighters attacking U.S.
military convoys, the daily mortar and rocket attacks on bases and convoys
became virtually undetectable to the UAVs, the report says.

In another technological issue, the report says that a network that was supposed
to link intelligence teams and convey time-sensitive information among them --
as well as permit them to tap into an evolving database -- worked so poorly that
it was nonexistent. The report recommended that, among other things, the teams
be provided with satellite telephones -- gear that most news reporters working
in Iraq and Afghanistan possess as a matter of course.

Intelligence gathering in both those countries has also been hampered by
problems with interpreters, the report notes. Not only was there a lack of
competent interpreters throughout the theater, it says, but those available
were not used to their full capability. Poorly trained soldiers would speak to
their interpreters, for example, rather than maintain eye contact with the
people being questioned. Also interpreters were wasted on errands such as being
sent with troops to buy chicken and soft drinks, the report says.

Danielle Pletka, vice president for foreign and defense policy studies at the
American Enterprise Institute, said the findings about intelligence problems are
consistent with the some of the shortcomings she observed during a recent trip
to Iraq.

The fundamental thing you see as an outsider is that there is no mechanism to
tell the good guys from the bad guys, whether it's in the towns or on the
borders, Pletka said. She said she was surprised that the U.S. military has not
developed a national database that could be used quickly by field units to
identify former Baathists and others detained in raids.

That lack, combined with a reluctance to rely on Iraqis for that judgment, means
that detention decisions frequently are made arbitrarily, from lack of
knowledge, she said.

In an unusual sidelight, the report also notes an instance in which some
surveillance technologies appear to be working too well. The sensors being used
by conventional Army units are so 

[CTRL] Shocking Dishonoring Of Our Soldiers

2003-10-25 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Hiding or Honoring the Fallen?

Saturday, October 25, 2003; Page A22

I was outraged by the Oct. 21 Federal Page story Curtains Ordered for Media
Coverage of Returning Coffins.

Forbidding the media to cover the return of soldiers who died for this country
is abominable. Throughout human history and especially our American history, we
have honored the fallen soldier. We cannot give these men and women enough
respect and honor in life or death.

The media should be allowed to record for posterity the return to American soil
of the remains of all who fought and died for their beloved country.

And to read that our commander in chief, President Bush, has not attended any
memorials or funerals of fallen soldiers is equally frightful.

High-level civilian leaders should be required to attend the funerals of service
members, as ultimately it is they who put the soldiers in harm's way. If they
attend these funerals, perhaps some understanding of the true cost of war will
slow the next decision to go to another killing field.

GLEN D. SKIRVIN

Stafford

© 2003 The Washington Post Company

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Guantanamo guards embrace Islam

2003-10-14 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Aljazeera
Tuesday 14 October 2003, 9:46 Makka Time, 6:46 GMT

Guantanamo guards embrace Islam

 Could contact with prisoners be having an effect?

A number of the US troops guarding the 660 suspected al-Qaida and Taliban
detainees in Guantanamo Bay have converted to Islam, according to an Algerian
mediator.

Hasan Aribi, who chairs his country's committee on the Guantanamo question, has
negotiated the release of 18 detainees from the heavily-guarded detention camp
at the eastern tip of Cuba.

He claimed that the freed detainees told him that some of their American guards
had converted to Islam as a result of daily interaction with Muslim prisoners
for the past two years.

The US military refused to comment when contacted by Aljazeera.net on Tuesday.

Release of prisoner

Aribi made his claims at a seminar in Egypt recently which was covered by Islam
Online.

Speaking to the Cairo seminar, he said his negotiations, held in Washington
before the Iraq war, resulted in the release of eight Algerians and ten other
detainees.

They told me that the American guards were very sympathetic with them to the
extent of buying the detainees' needs (with) their pocket money, Aribi said.

Aribi appealed to other Arab governments to act immediately for the release of
their citizens, held without charges in Guantanamo.

He said 90% of those held had no relation whatsoever with al-Qaida or Taliban.
They were working with humanitarian relief agencies and were only arrested as
part of an American campaign against possible suspects.


The detainees are being held outside US legal jurisdiction


A New York representative of the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR)
said he had also heard reports of US guards converting to Islam in Guantanamo.

Arrests

No comment was immediately available from the camp. US military officials have
imposed stricter reporting limits since the arrests of a Muslim army chaplain
and two interpreters.

The arrests involved civilian interpreter Ahmad Mihalba, a naturalised US
citizen from Egypt, allegedly found with classified documents from Guantanamo
and Air Force Airman Ahmad al-Halabi, an interpreter accused of espionage for
allegedly sending classified information about the camp to an unspecified
enemy.

Army Capt James Yee, a Muslim chaplain, has been charged with disobeying orders.
He is accused of leaving the base with a layout of the prison block.

All three say they are innocent.

Red Cross speaks out

The International Committee of the Red Cross has complained on Friday that the
camp denies prisoners basic rights and is leading to mental health problems
among them.

We've witnessed growing anxiety and a rather serious deterioration in the
psychological health of the detainees, linked very much, we believe, to their
ongoing uncertainty, said Amanda Williamson of the ICRC's office in Washington.

The public protest is highly unusual for the ICRC, which traditionally raises
concerns about such conditions privately.

Home | Arab World News | Global News | Economy | Culture | Special Reports |
Science and Technology
About Aljazeera | Polling | Feedback | Contact Us | Site Guide

© 2003 Aljazeera.Net  Copyright and Terms of Use, Privacy Policy, Disclaimer

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] MYSTERY BLOOD CLOTS KILL TROOPS

2003-10-07 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

MYSTERY BLOOD CLOTS KILL TROOPS
http://www.military.com

UPI - Unexplained blood clots are among the reasons a number of U.S.
soldiers in Operation Iraqi Freedom have died from sudden illnesses, an
investigation by United Press International has found. In addition to NBC
News Correspondent David Bloom, who died in April of a blood clot in his
lung after collapsing south of Baghdad, the Pentagon has told families that
blood clots caused two soldiers to collapse and die. At least eight other
soldiers have also collapsed and died from what the military has described
as non-combat-related causes.

. . . A disturbing parallel has also surfaced: soldiers becoming ill or
dying from similar ailments in the United States. In some cases, the
soldiers, their families and civilian doctors blame vaccines given to them
by the military, particularly the anthrax or smallpox shots. Some of the
soldiers who died suddenly had complained about symptoms suffered by Bloom
-- including pain in the legs that could indicate problems with blood clots.

. . . I would say that that number of cases among young healthy troops
would seem to be unusual, Dr. Jeffrey Sartin, an infectious diseases doctor
at the Gundersen Clinic in La Crosse, Wis., said about blood clot deaths.
Sartin, a former Air Force doctor, last spring treated a soldier who might
have died from anthrax or smallpox side effects.

http://www.military.com/Content/Printer_Friendly_Version/1,11491,,00.html?st
r_filename=FL%5Fmystery%5F100703passfile=FL%5Fmystery%5F100703page_url=%2F
NewsContent%2F1%2C13319%2CFL%5Fmystery%5F100703%2C00%2Ehtml

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Worldwide Hatred for America

2003-10-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

October 06, 2003 edition -
http://www.csmonitor.com/2003/1006/p09s01-coop.html

American carefree tourists, beware
By Doug Bandow
JAKARTA, INDONESIA - 'It's dangerous here for Americans, said my cab driver. No
question.

A few blocks away sat the J.W. Marriott, its facade broken and blackened.
Windows were blown out; mutilated blinds swayed in the wind. Wrecked autos sat
as silent sentinnels in the hotel driveway.

I noticed Westerners were almost entirely absent from Jakarta's streets. The
Indonesians I visited worried about my safety. People hate Americans, said
one. Osama bin Laden posters still sell in some Islamic neighborhoods and rumors
circulated that the CIA arranged the Marriott bombing.

To fear being murdered for one's nationality is humbling. The mere fact that
Americans are resented doesn't prove that they or their government is wrong. But
the fact that such sentiments pervade friendly and hostile nations alike should
cause serious reflection.

Common was the they hate us because we are beautiful American thesis,
expressed in the aftermath of Sept. 11. And, no doubt, some people, particularly
Islamists and other traditionalists, do resent a culture that they see as
licentious and degrading. But people typically don't kill because they dislike
Disneyland, MTV, or liberal democracy.

Independent pollster John Zogby found that Muslims and Arabs like many of the
attributes of Western culture. They like American products and freedoms. What
they don't like are policies of the US government. It is such policies - long
centered on Iraq, Israel, and Saudi Arabia - that have helped spark a hatred
strong enough to kill.

Unfortunately, this anger has been inflamed by the Iraq war, further encouraging
terrorism and endangering Americans. Mr. Zogby found that positive ratings
toward the US have collapsed with the war.

During the Iraq war, the owner of Jakarta's McDonald's franchises let it be
known that he was a Muslim. It was one city where I did not jog, even though
I've run everywhere from Pyongyang, North Korea, to Pristina, Kosovo.

Security precautions were ubiquitous. At the Sheraton, guards examined every car
at driveway checkpoints. They used an electronic wand to check guests and
luggage. Arriving vehicles were inspected at an upscale mall, and my bag was
searched at the Hard Rock Cafe.

Even as the Indonesian terrorist Hambali, thought to be involved in the bombings
of both the Marriott and in Bali, was arrested, the American and Australian
governments warned their citizens to avoid any Western-owned hotel in Jakarta.
Hambali's group, Jemaah Islamiah, remains a potent threat.

This violent response to US policies should surprise no one. Terrorism around
the world typically represents a vicious battle front in an ongoing political
struggle. For instance, the killers of Americans at the World Trade Center,
Australians in Bali, and Westerners in Jakarta are acting in response to a
perceived crusade against Islam. None of this justifies terrorism, but we must
understand its context.

Were America's only critics Islamic tribalists, they could more easily be
ignored. But antagonism toward the US is increasingly evident even among
friendly peoples and states.

In my recent personal encounters alone: a British conservative MP privately
bemoaned American support for Israel's Ariel Sharon; a Thai intellectual
criticized US arrogance; a Kuwaiti government official worried that restrictive
immigration policy is losing the US friends; a Portuguese tour guide rued US
unilateralism; an Australian wondered how a superpower could act so frightened
of a decrepit Middle Eastern dictatorship; a German journalist denounced an
administration so determined on war without allied support - but then so
insistent on postwar aid. The list could go on.

Such criticism resonates, given popular ignorance about American foreign
policies. For instance, many fervent Christian supporters of Israel seem
blissfully unaware that more than 3 million Palestinians live under Israeli
control in the Gaza Strip and West Bank. There are obvious reasons to back
Israel, but peace is unlikely to come as long as Palestinians live in conditions
that neither Israelis nor Americans would accept.

Criticism, however, doesn't mean Washington shouldn't act when it believes
itself to be right and its action to be necessary. It doesn't mean the US should
flee unpopularity when great principles and interests are at stake. But US
policy often puts Americans at greater risk. And, although Americans don't
deserve to be put in danger, they must realize they are hated for far more than
their beauty.

. Doug Bandow is a senior fellow at the Cato Institute.

Full HTML version of this story which may include photos, graphics, and related
links





www.csmonitor.com | Copyright © 2003 The Christian Science Monitor. All rights
reserved.
For permission to 

[CTRL] Dying to Kill Us

2003-09-22 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

September 22, 2003
OP-ED CONTRIBUTOR
Dying to Kill Us
By ROBERT A. PAPE

CHICAGO - Suicide terrorism has been on the rise around the world for two
decades, but there is great confusion as to why. Since many such attacks -
including, of course, those of Sept. 11, 2001 - have been perpetrated by Muslim
terrorists professing religious motives, it might seem obvious that Islamic
fundamentalism is the central cause. This presumption has fueled the belief that
future 9/11's can be avoided only by a wholesale transformation of Muslim
societies, which in turn was a core reason for broad public support of the
invasion of Iraq.

However, this presumed connection between suicide terrorism and Islamic
fundamentalism is wrongheaded, and it may be encouraging domestic and foreign
policies that are likely to worsen America's situation.

I have spent a year compiling a database of every suicide bombing and attack
around the globe from 1980 to 2001 - 188 in all. It includes any attack in which
at least one terrorist killed himself or herself while attempting to kill
others, although I excluded attacks authorized by a national government, such as
those by North Korea against the South. The data show that there is little
connection between suicide terrorism and Islamic fundamentalism, or any religion
for that matter. In fact, the leading instigator of suicide attacks is the Tamil
Tigers in Sri Lanka, a Marxist-Leninist group whose members are from Hindu
families but who are adamantly opposed to religion (they have have committed 75
of the 188 incidents).

Rather, what nearly all suicide terrorist campaigns have in common is a specific
secular and strategic goal: to compel liberal democracies to withdraw military
forces from territory that the terrorists consider to be their homeland.
Religion is rarely the root cause, although it is often used as a tool by
terrorist organizations in recruiting and in other efforts in service of the
broader strategic objective.

Three general patterns in the data support my conclusions. First, nearly all
suicide terrorist attacks occur as part of organized campaigns, not as isolated
or random incidents. Of the 188 separate attacks in the period I studied, 179
could have their roots traced to large, coherent political or military
campaigns.

Second, liberal democracies are uniquely vulnerable to suicide terrorists. The
United States, France, India, Israel, Russia, Sri Lanka and Turkey have been the
targets of almost every suicide attack of the past two decades, and each country
has been a democracy at the time of the incidents.

Third, suicide terrorist campaigns are directed toward a strategic objective.
From Lebanon to Israel to Sri Lanka to Kashmir to Chechnya, the sponsors of
every campaign have been terrorist groups trying to establish or maintain
political self-determination by compelling a democratic power to withdraw from
the territories they claim. Even Al Qaeda fits this pattern: although Saudi
Arabia is not under American military occupation per se, the initial major
objective of Osama bin Laden was the expulsion of American troops from the
Persian Gulf.

Most worrisome, my research shows that the raw number of suicide attacks is
climbing at an alarming rate, even while the rates of other types of terrorism
actually declined. The worldwide annual total of terrorist incidents has fallen
almost in half; there were 348 attacks in 2001 as opposed to 666 incidents in
1987. Yet the number of attacks in which the terrorists intend to kill
themselves along with their victims has grown from an average of 3 per year in
the 1980's, to 10 per year in the 1990's, to more than 25 in both 2000 and 2001.

And in terms of casualties, suicide attacks are far and way the most efficient
form of terrorism. From 1980 to 2001, suicide attacks accounted for only 3
percent of terrorist incidents, but caused almost half of total deaths due to
terrorism - even if one excludes as an aberration the unusually large number of
fatalities on 9/11.

How should democracies respond? In the past, they have tended to react with
heavy military offensives, only to find that this tends to incite more attacks
and to stir public sympathy for the terrorists without hampering their networks
(this has clearly been the case in the West Bank and Chechnya). In their
frustration, some terrorized countries have then changed tacks, making
concessions to political causes supported by terrorists.

Yet this doesn't work either: one likely reason suicide terrorism has been
rising so rapidly in recent years is that terrorist groups have learned that the
strategy pays off. Suicide terrorists were thought to compel American and French
military forces to abandon Lebanon in 1983, Israeli forces to leave most of
Lebanon in 1985, Israeli forces to quit the Gaza Strip and the West Bank in 1994
and 1995, and the Turkish government to grant measures of autonomy to the Kurds
in the late 1990's. In all but the case of Turkey, the 

[CTRL] Righteous Israeli Pilots Say No To Murder

2003-09-18 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Friday, September 19, 2003 Elul 22, 5763 Israel Time:  01:58  (GMT+3)

Reserve pilots to refuse liquidations

By Lily Galili

 A group of reserve pilots in the Israel Air Force
is planning to publicly announce their refusal to
participate in attempts to assassinate senior
wanted men in the Palestinian Authority.

The group has been discussing
the initiative for more than
three months and members say
that they have been badly torn.
According to sources in the
movement of soldiers who refuse
to serve in the territories,
the group is in the process of
collecting the last signatures
and is waiting for the right
moment to issue its announcement.

The various refusal movements view the pilots'
planned declaration as a big boost for their
cause, due to the special status enjoyed by
pilots in Israeli society, and hope that it
will shake up Israelis in a way that ordinary
refusals have not. Though one pilot joined the
refusal movement at the start of the intifada,
and though there were a few incidents during
the Lebanon War of pilots refusing to bomb
specific targets, a declaration by an organized
group of pilots would be something new.

The pilots initially considered joining one of
the existing refusal movements, such as Courage
to Refuse - the group of soldiers and officers
who signed a declaration of refusal to serve in
the territories more than 18 months ago.
However, they eventually decided to form an
independent group.

Since Courage to Refuse was founded, with 50
members, more than 500 soldiers have signed its
letter of refusal. However, the group has
failed in its goal of provoking a public
discourse over the continued occupation of the
territories and Israel Defense Forces actions
there. It is now hoping that the pilots'
declaration will succeed where it has failed.
 discourse over the continued occupation of the
territories and Israel Defense Forces actions
there. It is now hoping that the pilots'
declaration will succeed where it has failed.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] RepubliKrats DemiKans March Us Off The Fiscal Cliff

2003-09-17 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

http://www.latimes.com/news/politics/la-na-budget17sep17,1,6085724.story?coll=la
-home-headlines

Federal Budget Disaster Seen, but Won't Be Heard
By Janet Hook
Times Staff Writer

September 17, 2003

WASHINGTON - Something remarkable will happen here today. A senior congressional
figure will declare the federal budget, in effect, a disaster area - and
official Washington will probably react with a shrug.

Even though the government is on track to run a record deficit in excess of $500
billion next year, neither President Bush nor congressional leaders have
proposed doing anything to balance the budget anytime soon. Their strategy: to
wait for a vigorous economy to do the job for them.

That makes David M. Walker, head of the General Accounting Office, Congress'
investigative arm, a rare Cassandra. He is giving a speech today warning that
the nation's long-term fiscal outlook is seriously out of whack. And he
challenges the assumption that economic recovery will solve the problem
painlessly.

We need a wake-up call, Walker said in an interview. We need to come to terms
with reality: The gap is too great to grow our way out of the problem. Tough
choices will be required.

His is a lonely voice on Capitol Hill, where deficit-expanding initiatives are
growing like crabgrass, unchecked amid new budget demands for the war on
terrorism and the reconstruction of Iraq.

Bush and lawmakers from both parties continue to press for a $400-billion,
10-year expansion of Medicare to provide prescription drug benefits. House
Republicans are pushing yet another round of tax cuts - this time for big
business, at a cost of more than $100 billion over 10 years. And even as Bush
asks for $87 billion more for military and reconstruction efforts in Iraq and
Afghanistan, there seems to be little appetite in Congress for offsetting cuts
in domestic spending.

This is truly a Lyndon Johnson guns-and-butter fiscal policy, said Daniel J.
Mitchell, a senior fellow at the Heritage Foundation, a conservative think tank.

Democrats - both in Congress and on the presidential campaign trail - have tried
to spotlight the deficit as an emblem of the failure of Bush's fiscal policy. It
has given new impetus to Democratic proposals to repeal all or part of the 2001
tax cut. Some congressional Democrats are considering a proposal to help cover
Iraq costs by raising taxes on the wealthiest taxpayers.

The deficit is an easy-to-understand symbol that things are being mismanaged,
said David Sirota, spokesman for the Center for American Progress, a liberal
research group. It should reopen the entire debate on whether we should
continue cutting taxes for the wealthy.

But the Democratic Party is deeply divided over whether or how far to raise
taxes. And with their own big spending plans for Medicare, education and other
domestic priorities, Democrats also lack a clear program for getting the budget
back into balance. Missing from the presidential field is an H. Ross Perot,
whose 1992 maverick campaign made budget balancing the cornerstone of his
challenge to the Washington establishment.

Nobody is prepared to make any trade-offs, said Robert Bixby, executive
director of the Concord Coalition, a budget watchdog group. No one is prepared
to give up anything important to them to bring the budget under control.

The deficit has cast an increasingly long shadow over Congress with each upward
revision. In August, the Congressional Budget Office said the deficit in 2004
would reach $480 billion - and that did not include the cost of the conflict in
Iraq or pending legislation to expand Medicare. Now, in light of its Iraq budget
request, the administration projects that next year's deficit will reach at
least $525 billion.

It seems certain that Congress will approve at least the $87 billion Bush has
requested. The bigger question is whether that will boost the deficit so high
that lawmakers will reassess other parts of the budget or change their
legislative ways.

Sen. Olympia J. Snowe (R-Maine), who voted against Bush's tax cut last spring
because she was concerned about the deficit, said she thought the budget was
putting new pressure on lawmakers to propose offsetting spending cuts when they
propose increases - as she plans to when she pushes for more child-care funding
in a welfare bill soon to come before the Senate.

The deficit is now back on everyone's radar screen, Snowe said. On the
spending side, we have to make some choices.

But Snowe herself demonstrates why it will be so hard to reverse the current
trend. Even though she says she is an adamant foe of deficits, Snowe still wants
to go ahead with the $400-billion Medicare drug benefit. Medicare is an
exception and it should be, she said.

Bush and other politicians argue that running a deficit is justified at a time
of military conflict abroad and economic downturn at home. His administration's
stated goal has been to cut the deficit in half in five years. Rather than

[CTRL] Big Lie or Big Mistake?

2003-09-06 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
Hussein Link to 9/11 Lingers in Many Minds

By Dana Milbank and Claudia Deane
Washington Post Staff Writers
Saturday, September 6, 2003; Page A01

Nearing the second anniversary of the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks, seven
in 10 Americans continue to believe that Iraq's Saddam Hussein had a role in the
attacks, even though the Bush administration and congressional investigators say
they have no evidence of this.

Sixty-nine percent of Americans said they thought it at least likely that
Hussein was involved in the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon,
according to the latest Washington Post poll. That impression, which exists
despite the fact that the hijackers were mostly Saudi nationals acting for al
Qaeda, is broadly shared by Democrats, Republicans and independents.

The main reason for the endurance of the apparently groundless belief, experts
in public opinion say, is a deep and enduring distrust of Hussein that makes him
a likely suspect in anything related to Middle East violence. It's very easy to
picture Saddam as a demon, said John Mueller, a political scientist at Ohio
State University and an expert on public opinion and war. You get a general
fuzz going around: People know they don't like al Qaeda, they are horrified by
September 11th, they know this guy is a bad guy, and it's not hard to put those
things together.

Although that belief came without prompting from Washington, Democrats and some
independent experts say Bush exploited the apparent misconception by implying a
link between Hussein and the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks in the months before the
war with Iraq. The notion was reinforced by these hints, the discussions that
they had about possible links with al Qaeda terrorists, said Andrew Kohut, a
pollster who leads the nonpartisan Pew Research Center for the People and the
Press.

The poll's findings are significant because they help to explain why the public
continues to support operations in Iraq despite the setbacks and bloodshed
there. Americans have more tolerance for war when it is provoked by an attack,
particularly one by an all-purpose villain such as Hussein. That's why
attitudes about the decision to go to war are holding up, Kohut said.

Bush's opponents say he encouraged this misconception by linking al Qaeda to
Hussein in almost every speech on Iraq. Indeed, administration officials began
to hint about a Sept. 11-Hussein link soon after the attacks. In late 2001, Vice
President Cheney said it was pretty well confirmed that attack mastermind
Mohamed Atta met with a senior Iraqi intelligence official.

Speaking on NBC's Meet the Press, Cheney was referring to a meeting that Czech
officials said took place in Prague in April 2000. That allegation was the most
direct connection between Iraq and the Sept. 11 attacks. But this summer's
congressional report on the attacks states, The CIA has been unable to
establish that [Atta] left the United States or entered Europe in April under
his true name or any known alias.

Bush, in his speeches, did not say directly that Hussein was culpable in the
Sept. 11 attacks. But he frequently juxtaposed Iraq and al Qaeda in ways that
hinted at a link. In a March speech about Iraq's weapons of terror, Bush said:
If the world fails to confront the threat posed by the Iraqi regime, refusing
to use force, even as a last resort, free nations would assume immense and
unacceptable risks. The attacks of September the 11th, 2001, showed what the
enemies of America did with four airplanes. We will not wait to see what
terrorists or terrorist states could do with weapons of mass destruction.

Then, in declaring the end of major combat in Iraq on May 1, Bush linked Iraq
and the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks: The battle of Iraq is one victory in a war on
terror that began on September the 11, 2001 -- and still goes on. That terrible
morning, 19 evil men -- the shock troops of a hateful ideology -- gave America
and the civilized world a glimpse of their ambitions.

Moments later, Bush added: The liberation of Iraq is a crucial advance in the
campaign against terror. We've removed an ally of al Qaeda, and cut off a source
of terrorist funding. And this much is certain: No terrorist network will gain
weapons of mass destruction from the Iraqi regime, because the regime is no
more. In these 19 months that changed the world, our actions have been focused
and deliberate and proportionate to the offense. We have not forgotten the
victims of September the 11th -- the last phone calls, the cold murder of
children, the searches in the rubble. With those attacks, the terrorists and
their supporters declared war on the United States. And war is what they got.

A number of nongovernment officials close to the Bush administration have made
the link more directly. Richard N. Perle, who until recently was chairman of the
Pentagon's Defense Policy Board, long argued that there was Iraqi involvement,
calling the evidence 

[CTRL] This war on terrorism is bogus

2003-09-06 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

This war on terrorism is bogus
The 9/11 attacks gave the US an ideal pretext to use force to secure its global
domination

Michael Meacher
Saturday September 6, 2003
The Guardian

Massive attention has now been given - and rightly so - to the reasons why
Britain went to war against Iraq. But far too little attention has focused on
why the US went to war, and that throws light on British motives too. The
conventional explanation is that after the Twin Towers were hit, retaliation
against al-Qaida bases in Afghanistan was a natural first step in launching a
global war against terrorism. Then, because Saddam Hussein was alleged by the US
and UK governments to retain weapons of mass destruction, the war could be
extended to Iraq as well. However this theory does not fit all the facts. The
truth may be a great deal murkier.

We now know that a blueprint for the creation of a global Pax Americana was
drawn up for Dick Cheney (now vice-president), Donald Rumsfeld (defence
secretary), Paul Wolfowitz (Rumsfeld's deputy), Jeb Bush (George Bush's younger
brother) and Lewis Libby (Cheney's chief of staff). The document, entitled
Rebuilding America's Defences, was written in September 2000 by the
neoconservative think tank, Project for the New American Century (PNAC).

The plan shows Bush's cabinet intended to take military control of the Gulf
region whether or not Saddam Hussein was in power. It says while the unresolved
conflict with Iraq provides the immediate justification, the need for a
substantial American force presence in the Gulf transcends the issue of the
regime of Saddam Hussein.

The PNAC blueprint supports an earlier document attributed to Wolfowitz and
Libby which said the US must discourage advanced industrial nations from
challenging our leadership or even aspiring to a larger regional or global
role. It refers to key allies such as the UK as the most effective and
efficient means of exercising American global leadership. It describes
peacekeeping missions as demanding American political leadership rather than
that of the UN. It says even should Saddam pass from the scene, US bases in
Saudi Arabia and Kuwait will remain permanently... as Iran may well prove as
large a threat to US interests as Iraq has. It spotlights China for regime
change, saying it is time to increase the presence of American forces in SE
Asia.

The document also calls for the creation of US space forces to dominate space,
and the total control of cyberspace to prevent enemies using the internet
against the US. It also hints that the US may consider developing biological
weapons that can target specific genotypes [and] may transform biological
warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.

Finally - written a year before 9/11 - it pinpoints North Korea, Syria and Iran
as dangerous regimes, and says their existence justifies the creation of a
worldwide command and control system. This is a blueprint for US world
domination. But before it is dismissed as an agenda for rightwing fantasists, it
is clear it provides a much better explanation of what actually happened before,
during and after 9/11 than the global war on terrorism thesis. This can be seen
in several ways.

First, it is clear the US authorities did little or nothing to pre-empt the
events of 9/11. It is known that at least 11 countries provided advance warning
to the US of the 9/11 attacks. Two senior Mossad experts were sent to Washington
in August 2001 to alert the CIA and FBI to a cell of 200 terrorists said to be
preparing a big operation (Daily Telegraph, September 16 2001). The list they
provided included the names of four of the 9/11 hijackers, none of whom was
arrested.

It had been known as early as 1996 that there were plans to hit Washington
targets with aeroplanes. Then in 1999 a US national intelligence council report
noted that al-Qaida suicide bombers could crash-land an aircraft packed with
high explosives into the Pentagon, the headquarters of the CIA, or the White
House.

Fifteen of the 9/11 hijackers obtained their visas in Saudi Arabia. Michael
Springman, the former head of the American visa bureau in Jeddah, has stated
that since 1987 the CIA had been illicitly issuing visas to unqualified
applicants from the Middle East and bringing them to the US for training in
terrorism for the Afghan war in collaboration with Bin Laden (BBC, November 6
2001). It seems this operation continued after the Afghan war for other
purposes. It is also reported that five of the hijackers received training at
secure US military installations in the 1990s (Newsweek, September 15 2001).

Instructive leads prior to 9/11 were not followed up. French Moroccan flight
student Zacarias Moussaoui (now thought to be the 20th hijacker) was arrested in
August 2001 after an instructor reported he showed a suspicious interest in
learning how to steer large airliners. When US agents learned from French
intelligence he had radical Islamist ties, they 

[CTRL] More Govt Anti Drug Propaganda Exposed

2003-09-06 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
Results Retracted On Ecstasy Study

By Rick Weiss
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, September 6, 2003; Page A03

Scientists at Johns Hopkins University who last year published a frightening and
controversial report suggesting that a single evening's use of the illicit drug
ecstasy could cause permanent brain damage and Parkinson's disease are
retracting their research in its entirety, saying the drug they used in their
experiments was not ecstasy after all.

The retraction, to be published in next Friday's issue of the journal Science,
has reignited a smoldering and sometimes angry debate over the risks and
benefits of the drug, also known as MDMA.

The drug is popular at all-night raves and other venues for its ability to
reduce inhibitions and induce expansive feelings of open-heartedness. But some
studies have indicated that the drug can at least temporarily damage neurons
that use the mood-altering brain chemical serotonin. Some users also have spiked
fevers, which rarely have proven fatal.

Last year's research, involving monkeys and baboons, purported to show that
three modest doses of ecstasy -- the amount a person might take in a one-night
rave -- could cause serious damage to another part of the brain: neurons that
use the brain chemical dopamine.

Two of 10 animals died quickly after their second or third dose of the drug, and
two others were too sick to take the third dose. Six weeks later, dopamine
levels in the surviving animals were still down 65 percent. That led Hopkins
team leader George Ricaurte and his colleagues to conclude that users were
playing Russian roulette with their brains.

Advocates of ecstasy's therapeutic potential, including a number of scientists
and doctors who believe it may be useful in treating post-traumatic stress
disorder or other psychiatric conditions, criticized the study. They noted that
the drug was given in higher doses than people commonly take and was
administered by injection, not by mouth. They wondered why large numbers of
users were not dying or growing deathly ill from the drug, as the animals did,
and why no previous link had been made between ecstasy and Parkinson's despite
decades of use and a large number of studies.

The answer to at least some of those questions became clear with the retraction,
which is being released by Science on Sunday evening but was obtained
independently by The Washington Post. Because of a mislabeling of vials, the
scientists wrote, all but one of the animals were injected not with ecstasy but
with methamphetamine, or speed -- a drug known to damage the dopamine system.

The researchers said they discovered the mistake when follow-up tests gave
conflicting results, and they offered evidence that the tubes were mislabeled by
the supplier, identified by sources as Research Triangle Institute of North
Carolina. A spokesman for the company said last night that he did not know
whether the company had erred.

The error has renewed charges that government-funded scientists, and Ricaurte in
particular, have been biased in their assessment of ecstasy's risks and
potential benefits.

Rick Doblin, president of Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies,
a Sarasota, Fla.-based group that funds studies on therapeutic uses of
mind-altering drugs and is seeking permission to conduct human tests of MDMA,
said the evidence of serotonin system damage is weak.

The largest and best-controlled study of the effect of MDMA on serotonin showed
no long-term effects in former users and minimal to no effects in current
users, he said.

Una McCann, one of the Hopkins scientists, said she regretted the role the false
results may have played in a debate going on last year in Congress and within
the Drug Enforcement Administration over how to deal with ecstasy abuse.

I feel personally terrible, she said. You spend a lot of time trying to get
things right, not only for the congressional record but for other scientists
around the country who are basing new hypotheses on your work and are writing
grant proposals to study this.

But she and Ricaurte emphasized last night that the retraction had not changed
their feelings about the danger of taking ecstasy.

I still wouldn't recommend it to anybody, McCann said.



© 2003 The Washington Post Company

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, 

[CTRL] Alaskan Law Enforcement Dazed, Confused, Suffering Denial

2003-09-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Alaska Appeals Court Legalizes Simple Marijuana Possession, Law Enforcement
Dazed and Confused, Suffering Denial

Alaska citizens have the right to possess less than four ounces of marijuana in
their home for personal use. -- Alaska Court of Appeals, Noy v. State, August
29, 2003

The Alaska Court of Appeals ruled August 29 that Alaska residents may possess up
to four ounces of marijuana in their own homes without any criminal or civil
penalty. The ruling, which cites a 1975 Alaska Supreme Court finding that the
Alaska constitution's privacy provisions protect the personal possession and use
of marijuana in the home, once again makes Alaska the only state in the country
with legal marijuana in the home. (After the 1975 Ravin v. Alaska decision, the
Alaska legislature eventually removed criminal penalties for possession of less
than four ounces, but a 1990 voter initiative cheerlead by then drug czar
William Bennett recriminalized simple pot possession. It has taken until now for
the appeals courts to rule on a case that challenged the constitutionality of
the 1990 vote.)

While sources in the Alaska Attorney General's office told DRCNet the state
would appeal the ruling, as of last Friday the Court of Appeals' decision is the
law of the land. But Alaska law enforcement, starting with the attorney
general's office, doesn't seem to get it. Law enforcement spokesmen asked by
DRCNet how they were reacting to the decision responded with a mixture of
confusion and determination to keep on arresting domestic pot smokers and
possessors.

For police in Anchorage, the state's largest city, it's business as usual. We
are still enforcing the law the way we were before this, said Anchorage Police
Department public affairs officer Ron McGee. As far as that goes, there has
been no change, he told DRCNet. And it's still illegal under federal law, he
added.

Greg Wilkinson, spokesman for the Alaska Bureau of Alcohol and Drug Enforcement,
told DRCNet bureau representatives were meeting with other state law enforcement
officials this week to try to figure out how to respond. We are approaching
this from two angles, he said. One feeling is that is will be business as
usual. The other was that it will not. Busting personal users in their homes is
not a high priority, he said, adding that the bureau's focus was on large-scale
commercial operations, but that agents who encountered personal marijuana may
still act. The feeling is that we may end up just confiscating the marijuana
now, he said. He could not explain on what basis police would seize people's
legal property.

And Alaska Chief Assistant Attorney General Dean Guaneli was reading from the
same script. When police come into a home, whether on a domestic violence call
or something else, and see marijuana, we are not in a position to tell them to
turn their back on it, he told DRCNet. We are telling the police it is not
legal to possess. We will continue to do as we have done, we will file charges
and leave it up to the courts.

When Guaneli was asked his position squared with the Court of Appeals' unanimous
and unequivocal ruling -- Alaska citizens have the right to possess less than
four ounces of marijuana in their home for personal use -- he in turn asked,
What does that mean? If tomorrow a new medical study showed marijuana has the
same addictive properties for long-term users as cocaine or heroin, does that
mean the state is prevented from prosecuting those cases? We've think if we have
the chance to go into court, we can show that the reasons for making marijuana
possession a crime are important enough to override our constitutional right to
privacy, Guaneli argued. It is not quite right to say this ruling makes it
completely legal. If we can go in right, we can get the court to change this.

Unsurprisingly, Fairbanks defense attorney Bill Satterberg, who successfully
argued the ground-breaking case as well as other related cases
(http://www.drcnet.org/wol/295.shtml#alaskaruling), begged to differ with
Guaneli's interpretation of the ruling. Is the possession of less than four
ounces of marijuana in your own home legal in Alaska? he asked. The answer is,
under state law, yes; under federal law, no, he told DRCNet. We are moving
into an area where a state constitution grants greater freedom than the US
Constitution. As a practical matter, Satterberg added, federal prosecutions for
simple marijuana possession are highly unusual.

But if state and local law enforcement is going to argue that it can make
marijuana possession arrests because of federal law, they could be in for some
tough sledding, he suggested. If state law enforcement officers attempt to
override state constitutional guarantees to prosecute federal laws, they will be
treading on dangerous ground, Satterberg said. The police need to get some
good legal advice. These officers are sworn to uphold the law, and what I'm
hearing them say is they're not going to. If the police are saying 

Re: [CTRL] The God-Hater Test

2003-08-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

I failed the test.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Letter from Iraq

2003-08-28 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Dear all,

The intense heat has turned my black jeans white with the salt of my sweat.
The crowds surge and push and crush me as I wind my way through. The
violent sun beats my head, dizzying me. I try to steady myself. I take a
deep breath but smell nothing but dirty socks and sweat. The heat seems to
radiate from the ground up as well as from the sky down. I am soaked with
perspiration.  My eyes are blurred, my vision is skewed. I have the
distinct sense of being at one of the huge outdoor rock concerts I used to
frequent a decade ago, the rowdy summertime punk extravaganzas. I sense the
same razor-sharp twitchiness of young sexually frustrated men. There is the
same excitement as the angry, young headline act comes up to perform. There
is the same lousy public address system and sea of blankets spread out. I
even start thinking that I'm getting too old for this shit. But this is
about as far from a rock concert as you can get. This is a Friday prayer
sermon in the city of Kufa by a young Islamic fundamentalist cleric named
Muqtada al-Sadr.

I've been spending a lot of time speaking with Shiite clerics in the new
Iraq. I tell, you can't avoid it. With Saddam Hussein gone, they're stock
has really risen. Sixty percent of Iraq's population are Shiites. Under
Saddam Hussein they were oppressed, marginalized and brutalized. He came
down particularly hard on Shiites in the south, who rose up against them
following the 1991 Gulf War. Many clerics led that revolt, and like pop
stars in the U.S., Shiite clerics' likenesses are wheatpasted onto walls
around all sections of Baghdad. There are Shiite clerics who run
newspapers. Clerics who run charities. Clerics who run mosques, clinics and
schools. There are very devout clerics who are nevertheless tolerant. There
are very cynical clerics who who feign devotion to gain power. There are
even radical reformist clerics who oppose Islamic traditions and argue for
a strict separation of mosque and state.

Muqtada al-Sadr is definitely not one of them.

During that speech in Kufa, he said a lot of angry things against the
American occupation. He vowed to create his own army, naming it after the
Imam Mahdi, the 9th century Shiite saint who disappeared from the Earth and
whose return will herald a new age.

Later, we land an interview with the intense, brooding young Mullah. He
turns his eyes away from women and never smiles. He's deadly serious and a
little frightening. He wears the black turban of the seyed, or the
descendant of the prophet. In his dinghy office in a narrow alleyway in
Najaf, he speaks out against America, the west and the U.S.-installed
governing council. He says the governing council has no legitimacy, that
the Iraqi people gave no input whatsoever to its creation. I start nodding
in agreement. It's strange, even though I disagree with his very existence,
even though he scares the hell out of me, even though he would probably
have me murdered or deported if he ever took control of Iraq, I think he's
got a point. The Iraqi governing council has no legitimacy, international
or domestically. It is a complete and utter puppet of America, with no
power whatsoever except, quite pathetically, to make or unmake holidays.

On the other hand, I've met many of the Governing Council members. They're
decent people, smart people, motivated and committed to their country.
Many -- like Muwafak al-Rubayee or Abdel-Aziz Hakim -- aren't even
pro-American, or weren't until they got picked to be on the council. How
can I agree with Sadr and agree with them at the same time? I feel like my
mind is twisting and turning, and I have no idea what to make of Iraq any
more. The longer I'm here it seems the more convuluted my judgment becomes,
the more complicated the prisms through which I view Iraq and the Middle
East.

All of a sudden I see Rym Brahimi, of CNN. She walks into Sadr's office
with her team. She laughs when she sees me, but quickly hushes herself. I
had just spoken to her a few evenings ago by the swimming pool at al Hamra.
Moqtada seems not at all amused. But I'm suddenly more interested in
chatting with my old graduate school classmate Rym than finishing my
interview with this creepy guy. I start thinking of Manhattan and 24-hour
Korean delis and the good life, how I miss my friends, how I miss my folks,
how through the haze of heat and diesel exhaust and the roar of tanks,
nothing here makes any sense to me any more.

What's so interesting about Iraq is the enormous complexity of what has
happened here, what the U.S. invasion meant. I think we're all grappling to
find a vocabulary to describe it. Critics of U.S. foreign policy argue that
it was a belligerent, bullying act by a chauvinistic superpower based on
lies. I think they're absolutely right. Advocates of U.S. foreign policy
argue that it was an act of liberation, freeing an ossified totalitarian
society. I think they're absolutely right, too. I think the problem is that
we're struggling 

[CTRL] Big Expensive Secrets

2003-08-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Classified Spending On the Rise
Report: Defense to Get $23.2 Billion
By Dan Morgan
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, August 27, 2003; Page A23


Black, or classified, programs requested in President Bush's 2004 defense
budget are at the highest level since 1988, according to a report prepared
by the independent Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments.



The center concluded that classified spending next fiscal year will reach
about $23.2 billion of the Pentagon's total request for procurement and
research funding. When adjusted for inflation, that is the largest dollar
figure since the peak reached during President Ronald Reagan's defense
buildup 16 years ago. The amount in 1988 was $19.7 billion, or $26.7
billion if adjusted for inflation, according to the center.

It's puzzling. It sets the mind to wondering where the money's going and
what sort of politically controversial things the administration is doing
because they're not telling anybody, said John E. Pike, director of
GlobalSecurity.org, a research group in Alexandria that has been critical
of the administration's defense priorities.

Pike said part of the surge in the classified budget probably can be
explained by increases for the Central Intelligence Agency's covert action
programs, which are central to the war on terrorism. Traditionally, Pike
said, much of the funding for the CIA is hidden in Air Force weapons
procurement accounts.

But unlike the 1980s, when it was widely known that the black budget was
going to the development of stealth aircraft such as the B-2 bomber and
F-117 fighter, the uses of the classified accounts today are far murkier,
Pike said.

The Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments is a Washington research
group that analyzes many aspects of the defense budget. Steven Kosiak, who
prepared the report on classified spending, said he reached his conclusions
by comparing sums requested for open, or nonclassified, programs with the
total Defense Department request for fiscal 2004.

Some black spending in the Pentagon budget is designated for code-named
programs such as the Army's Tractor Rose and the Navy's Retract Larch.
But sources said some names may be accounting fictions that do not stand
for actual programs.

Other classified spending is accounted for under such bland headings as
special activities.

Officials at the Pentagon and in Congress declined to comment on the
center's report, which was compiled earlier this summer. Key congressional
defense committees will meet in the next several weeks to resolve
differences over the 2004 Pentagon spending plan, including those involving
classified programs.

According to the Kosiak analysis, the Air Force's classified weapons
procurement budget has jumped from $7 billion in 2001 to almost $11 billion
as requested for 2004. In dollar terms, total classified spending in the
Pentagon budget request has almost doubled since the mid-1990s, according
to tables provided by Kosiak.

Kosiak said in his report that performance in the classified programs has
been mixed. He noted that highly successful weapons systems such as the
F-117 and the B-2 were initially developed within the classified budget.
But so was the Navy's A-12 medium attack plane, which was canceled in 1991
after a series of technical problems and cost increases.

After it was canceled, manufacturers complained that secrecy in the program
kept them from acquiring critical data needed to head off some of the
problems.

Restrictions placed on access to classified funding have meant that the
Defense Department and Congress typically exercise less oversight over
classified programs than unclassified ones, Kosiak wrote.

In the case of the new defense budget, it is anybody's guess where most of
the classified money is going, Pike said. But he said it is a good bet that
some of it is going to programs that the administration is known to
strongly favor, such as missile defense and the development of hypersonic
planes that can fly beyond Earth's atmosphere.

This is an administration that likes to play I've got a secret, he said.
The growth of the classified budget appears to be part of a larger pattern
of this administration being secretive.


© 2003 The Washington Post Company

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

[CTRL] Why I Refuse to be a Juror in Federal Court

2003-08-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

8/22/03

The Honorable Rufus G. King III
Chief Judge
Superior Court of the District of Columbia
Moultrie Courthouse
500 Indiana Ave., NW, Room 3500
Washington, DC 20001

Re:  Jury Summons, August 25, 2003, JIN # 559075

Dear Judge King:

I write you from a different corner of the world of law
than the one you oversee for the District of Columbia: the
community of advocates striving to change laws and
policies.  For the past ten years, I have worked as founder
and executive director of StopTheDrugWar.org: the Drug
Reform Coordination Network (DRCNet), an organization which
calls for an end to prohibition and the so-called war on
drugs.

It is with sadness for our country, but hope for its
future, that I write to inform you that conscience does not
permit me to appear for jury service as your court has
directed.

US drug policy is in a state of moral and humanitarian
crisis, shaming us before history:  Half a million
nonviolent drug offenders clog our prisons and jails.
Mandatory minimum sentences and inflexible sentencing
guidelines condemn numerous low-level offenders to years or
decades behind bars, often based solely on the word of
compensated, confidential informants.  Profiling and other
racial or economic disparities assault the dignity and
safety of our poor and minorities and deny them equal
justice.  Overall, criminalization has become a reflexive,
default reaction to social problems, as opposed to its more
limited, proper role as a last resort after other methods
have failed.  As a result, more than two million people are
imprisoned in the United States, the highest incarceration
rate of any nation.

The external consequences of the drug laws wreak a
devastating toll on large segments of our society and on
other countries:  Prohibition creates a lucrative black
market that soaks our inner cities in violence and
disorder, and lures young people into lives of crime.  Laws
criminalizing syringe possession, and the overall milieu of
underground drug use and sales, encourage needle sharing
and increase the spread of HIV and Hepatitis C.  Our drug
war in the Andes fuels a continuing civil war in Colombia,
with prohibition-generated illicit drug profits enabling
its escalation.  Thousands of Americans die from drug
overdoses or poisonings by adulterants every year, most of
their deaths preventable through the quality-controlled
market that would exist if drugs were legal.  Physicians'
justifiable fear of running afoul of law enforcers causes
large numbers of Americans to go un- or under-treated for
intractable chronic pain.  And frustration over the failure
of the drug war, together with the lack of dialogue on
prohibition, distorts the policymaking process, leading to
ever more intrusive governmental interventions and ever
greater dilution of the core American values of freedom,
privacy and fairness.

Drug policies have significantly driven a deep corrosion of
the ethics and principles underlying our system of justice:
Police officers routinely violate constitutional rights to
make drug busts, often committing perjury to secure
convictions; or resort to trickery and manipulation to
cause individuals to give up their rights, enabled by an
intricate web of legalistic court rulings stretching the
letter of the law while betraying its spirit.  Manipulation
of evidence and process is standard procedure.  Many
prosecutors, though thankfully not all, treat their
position as a stepping stone to elected office, subjugating
their oaths to seek justice to a political calculus based
instead on individual career advancement.  Corruption and
misconduct among enforcers and within agencies is
widespread.  And all these problems, while not officially
sanctioned, are in practice largely tolerated: criminal
prosecution for police abuse is the exception, and
disbarment for prosecutorial misconduct is almost unheard
of.  Meanwhile, false or unfair convictions occur with
unacknowledged frequency, with persons thus victimized
often spending years in prison while seeking exoneration.

Jurors in the United States cannot therefore confidently
rely on the information we are provided for deciding
criminal cases.  We cannot know if we have been told the
whole truth of a case ­ as in the trials of Ed Rosenthal
and Bryan Epis, whom California jurors convicted without
knowing they were medical marijuana providers.  We cannot
trust the testimony of witnesses for the state to be
truthful and balanced; for example, Andrew Chambers, a
super-snitch used by the US Drug Enforcement
Administration (DEA) for numerous prosecutions, even after
a court found him to be a repeat perjurer.  We are not
permitted knowledge of the possible consequences a
defendant may face if we vote to convict ­ and in a society
that hands out decades-long punishments as a routine
matter, and which fails to provide adequate safety or
medical care to our incarcerated, we cannot have faith that
a judge will be able, even if willing, to pronounce a

[CTRL] Police State Update: The war on civil liberties road show

2003-08-26 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Liberty Action of the Week: August 26,2003
The war on civil liberties road show
by Mary Lou Seymour

The Justice Department says its traveling road show to tout the
benefits of the Patriot Act is intended to combat misunderstandings
the public has about the sweeping legislation passed almost
unanimously by a terrified Congress in the wake of 9-11.
Unfortunately for our would be rulers in the dismal swamp of
Washington DC, the public wasn't as universally cowed by 9-11 and
ready to exchange liberty for security as Congress was.

After a slow start, the movement to form Bill of Rights Defense
Committees and pass community resolutions condemning the act as an
infringement of civil liberties and even, in some cases, setting
fines for those who don't promptly notify the city manager if
federal law enforcement authorities contact them seeking help in an
investigation, interrogation or arrest under the provisions of the
act (Communities shun Patriot Act) caught fire and swept through the
country.

Not only did the civil libertarians and more alert members of the
public react strongly to Patriot I, after the initial shock of 9-11
wore off, but when in February 2003 news of the Son of the Patriot
Act, the Domestic Security Enhancement Act of 2003, leaked out (War
on civil liberties heats up), within days columnists were calling
DESA a Total police state takeover and noting that this time,
unlike the rush to pass Patriot I, there was a Chilly response to
Patriot II. Patriot II then dropped out of the news, presumably in
the hope the public would forget all about it in the patriotic fervor
surrounding the invasion (whoops, liberation) of Iraq.

But throughout America, activists continued quietly lobbying their
communities to pass those darn community resolutions, until as of
this writing, the ACLU lists more than 150 communities in 28 states,
including three state-wide resolutions, representing approximately
17.4 million people who oppose the USA PATRIOT Act. And then the
occupation of Iraq started going sour and Congress began chipping
away at the more onerous segments of Patriot I such as last month's
lopsided U.S. House vote forbidding Justice from spending funds to
use the act's controversial 'sneak and peak' provision that
authorizes federal agents to conduct secret searches of homes and
businesses. (Ashcroft's Campaign to Shore Up the Patriot Act)

This wasn't supposed to happen, of course. The public and Congress
were supposed to not only meekly go along with Patriot I, but accept
even more onerous legislation, such as Patriot II. In July, Ashcroft
himself, speaking in Anchorage, Alaska (where the state legislature
had just passed resolutions protesting the national anti-terrorism
law) told federal and local officials the USA Patriot Act should be
expanded, not softened. (Toughen Patriot Act, Ashcroft says)

So, in desperation, Ashcroft has set off on a whirlwind tour of 18
cities in 10 days, promoting the USA PATRIOT Act and preparing the
public for a sequel. (Highly Watchable) Brother John's traveling
patriot salvation show, as Elaine Cassel of Civil Liberties Watch
dubs the publicity tour, is designed to convince law enforcement
officials that preserving security is essential to preserving
freedom, as the Patriot Act campaign web site Preserving Life and
Liberty puts it.

Oh yeah, they even have a web site. That's for us peons, who won't
get to hear what Brother John tells the law enforcement officials
in their private meetings. Supposedly,as part of the campaign, all 94
U.S. attorneys around the country are being encouraged to hold town
hall-style events to discuss the Patriot Act and its role in
preventing terror (Ashcroft begins Patriot Act tour), but so
far, Attorney General Ashcroft has chosen to avoid speaking to the
American people. Instead he prefers to confine his speaking to hand-
picked audiences, thus creating the illusion of agreement and
consensus. (Attorney General Ducks Demonstrators on Visit to Iowa's
Heartland) Demonstrators have been forced to demonstrate outside the
hotel where he spoke in Des Moines, or outside the newly built
Constitution Hall in Philadelphia, another city where officials have
passed a resolution condemning the anti-terror act. (Ashcroft says
Patriot Act Effective)

So far, demonstrations have pulled around 100 people. Of course, it's
kinda hard to oprganize a demonstration when it isn't even public
knowledge which cities are on the tour list, or where in that city
the private meeting might be held. In researching this column, I
checked numerous sources, and could only find vague references to 18
cities, including Washington, Detroit, Philadelphia, Milwaukee, Des
Moines, or Ashcroft's tour began in Philadelphia and continued to
Ohio yesterday, then to Michigan and Iowa, with other stops planned
in coming weeks.

But not only is Ashcroft plugging the Patriot Act, he's also setting
the stage for the next step in the war on civil liberties ... the

[CTRL] The Real Wesley Clark

2003-08-25 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE WESLEY CLARK MYTH

NOW THAT establishment favorite Edwards is fading in the Democratic
primaries, there is increasing talk in similar circles of launching a campaign
for General Wesley Clark, some of it so absurd that it compares Clark to
Eisenhower.

But the Clark boosters better do a bit more homework. For example, this from
a piece by Lowell Ponte

[Clark] was named Commander of the 1st Cavalry Division, III Corps, at
sweltering Fort Hood southwest of Waco, Texas. On a late winter day in 1993,
Texas Governor Ann Richards suddenly called the base, later meeting with
Clark's Number Two to discuss an urgent matter.  Crazies at a Waco compound
had killed Federal agents.  If newly-sworn-in President Bill Clinton signed
a waiver setting aside the Posse Comitatus Act, which generally prohibits
the military from using its arms against American citizens within our
borders, could Fort Hood supply tanks and other equipment?

Clinton did. Wesley Clark's command at Fort Hood lent 17 pieces of armor
and 15 active service personnel under his command to the Waco Branch
Davidian operation. It is absolute fact that the military equipment used by
the government at Waco came from Fort Hood and Clark's command.

The only issue debated by experts is whether Clark was at Waco in person to
help direct the assault against the church compound in a scene remarkably
similar to the incineration of villagers in a church by the British in Mel
Gibson's movie The Patriot.

What happened at Waco was the death, mostly by fire, of at least 82 men,
women and children, including two babies who died after being fire aborted
from the dying bodies of their pregnant mothers.

Planning for this final assault involved a meeting between Clinton Attorney
General Janet Reno and two military officers who developed the tactical plan
used but who have never been identified. Some evidence and analysis suggests
that Wesley Clark was one of these two who devised what happened at Waco.

Ponte also reports that when Russians landed and took over one provincial
airport in the region, General Clark commanded British forces to attack the
Russians. British General Sir Mike Jackson reportedly refused, saying: 'I'm
not going to start the Third World War for you!'

And this from military writer Col. David Hackworth: Known by those who've
served with him as the 'Ultimate Perfumed Prince,' he's far more comfortable
in a drawing room discussing political theories than hunkering down in the
trenches where bullets fly and soldiers die.

Clark, by the report of some who have worked with him, is an egocentric,
marginally qualified officer of questionable judgment who made his way to
the top with the help of fellow Rhodes Scholar Bill Clinton.


MORE ON CLARK
http://www.counterpunch.org/clark.html

COUNTERPUNCH - The poster child for everything that is wrong with the GO
(general officer) corps, exclaims one colonel, who has had occasion to
observe Clark in action, citing, among other examples, his command of the
1st Cavalry Division at Fort Hood from 1992 to 1994. While Clark's official
Pentagon biography proclaims his triumph in transitioning the Division into
a rapidly deployable force this officer describes the 1st Horse Division
as easily the worst division I have ever seen in 25 years of doing this
stuff.

Such strong reactions are common. A major in the 3rd Brigade of the 4th
Infantry Division at Fort Carson, Colorado when Clark was in command there
in the early 1980s described him as a man who regards each and every one of
his subordinates as a potential threat to his career.

While he regards his junior officers with watchful suspicion, he customarily
accords the lower ranks little more than arrogant contempt. A veteran of
Clark's tenure at Fort Hood recalls the general's massive tantrum because
the privates and sergeants and wives in the crowded (canteen) checkout lines
didn't jump out of the way fast enough to let him through. . .

Observers agree that Clark has always displayed an obsessive concern with
the perquisites and appurtenances of rank. Ever since he acceded to the Nato
command post, the entourage with which he travels has accordingly grown to
gargantuan proportions to the point where even civilians are beginning to
comment. A Senate aide recalls his appearances to testify, prior to which
aides scurry about the room adjusting lights, polishing his chair, testing
the microphone etc prior to the precisely timed and choreographed moment
when the Supreme Allied Commander Europe makes his entrance.

We are state of the art pomposity and arrogance up here, remarks the aide.
So when a witness displays those traits so egregiously that even the
senators notice, you know we're in trouble. His NATO subordinates call him,
not with affection, the Supreme Being.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   

[CTRL] America Brings Freedom to Iraqis

2003-08-17 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Porn, Drugs, Weapons Hit Baghdad Streets
2 hours, 1 minute ago

By ANDREW ENGLAND, Associated Press Writer

BAGHDAD, Iraq - A Quranic verse plastered on a monument to freedom carries a
simple message - God will send a plague on those who deal in drugs and spread
corruption.

Across the busy highway from the monument, built in 1958 after the overthrow of
the monarchy, traders have set up gambling tables and are openly selling
pornography, fake ID cards and looted goods - including laboratory microscopes,
industrial fuse boxes and pills stolen from psychiatric hospitals.

Now we have freedom and democracy, said a 34-year-old trader selling
pornographic DVDs with titles such as The Dirty Family and The Young Wife,
and photocopied postcards of couples in various sexual positions. We could not
sell them when Saddam was here.


This is Baghdad four months after U.S. troops took over the sprawling city of 5
million - jobless, insecure, and in many cases taking freedom and democracy as
license to do pretty much what you want and get away with it.


The trader, a father of two young daughters, was too embarrassed to give his
name. Pornography is strictly forbidden by Islam. It's too bad, but there's no
job for me, he said.


Formerly a government civil engineer earning about $150 a month, he said he lost
the job the day before the March 20 U.S. invasion. His streetside sales are now
netting him about $1,500 a month.


As he speaks, young men gather around, some appearing drunk or high. Gunfire
erupts in the background. Hardly anyone appears to notice.


Abas Fadah pushes through the small crowd offering tranquilizers and other drugs
looted from mental hospitals, by friends.


At another sidewalk stall, a small television is screening a DVD of bare-chested
Shiite Muslim men beating themselves at a religious ceremony. That too is
evidence of Iraq (news - web sites)'s new freedom; Public displays of Shiite
ritual were suppressed when Saddam and his Sunni minority ran the country.


All types of weapons, ammunition and drugs are also available in the street
market in Bab al-Sharqi, or Eastern Gate - a dangerous area in central Baghdad
where few women dare to venture, the traders say. A day earlier arms peddlers
accidentally fired a pistol, killing an 8-year-old boy, they say.


This is democracy, but what kind of democracy? said Hamed Hameed, yards from
where minutes earlier armed youths had been fighting over prostitutes down a
dirty, narrow street.


It's worse because there are thieves, corrupt people who are looting in the
streets. Young people carry guns who drink and shoot in the streets.


Hameed, who runs a warehouse, complained that Iraq's fledgling new police force
does little to intervene and the 36,000 U.S. troops in the city don't know
what's happening on the ground because they don't understand the language.


The police are there but they are afraid. They hear shooting and they are
scared to come. During Saddam's regime they used to take bribes. Now if they see
a person being killed in front of them, they will do nothing, Hameed said,
occasionally glancing warily over his shoulder. I wish I was living in a desert
rather than Baghdad.


On Friday, U.S. troops in Humvees fitted with loudspeakers rode around
announcing in Arabic that street sales of alcohol would be banned beginning
Monday.


Some 12,000 police are back on Baghdad's hot, dusty streets, as well as 1,850
traffic cops - a small but conspicuous presence in blue uniforms as they
struggle to handle traffic on the city's jammed streets. But still, few drivers
observe road laws as vehicles ride up curbs or take short cuts by hurtling down
highways the wrong way.


Many blame much of the indiscipline on Saddam's October amnesty, which released
murderers, rapists and thieves from prison as the United States ratcheted up its
case for invading Iraq.

It was not good. It was intended by Saddam to make more problems in the
country, said Ali Habib, a 47-year-old parking lot worker.

Without supervision, the new police will keep taking bribes, said Habib. The
people could be controlled by power; without power, nobody can control them.

His silver hair neatly combed, his beard trimmed, he sipped sweet, black tea at
a cafe in the middle-class Inner Karadah neighborhood as U.S. armored vehicles
sped down the next street.

Then, men around the table said they'd heard that a bank a few blocks away was
being robbed.

The new freedoms also mean satellite telephones and TV for those who can afford
them. Iraq as never had a mobile phone network, and satellite dishes were
banned.

Now, Baghdad's flat-roofed houses are dotted with dishes imported from Syria,
Jordan and Kuwait. These provide much of the pornography sold in markets.

Sheikh Muayiad Ibrahim al-Adhami, an Islamic preacher, said banditry and the
trade in pornography, drugs and alcohol were the natural result of a people
being released from years of oppressive rule.

They express the 

[CTRL] Tourture in Israel is routine

2003-08-17 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

   Homepage
Search site



News Updates Monday, August 18, 2003 Av 20, 5763 Israel Time:  04:02  (GMT+3)

`Tourture in Israel has again become routine'

By Moshe Reinfeld

A report released yesterday by the Public Committee
Against Torture claims that the use of torture in
the interrogation of Palestinian suspects has
increased significantly over the past two years.

  Hundreds of Palestinians were
subject to Shin Bet security
service interrogations defined
as torture, inhumane or
humiliating during each of the
first six months of the year,
compared to dozens in September
2001, the human rights group
said.

The abuse of Palestinian

suspects has worsened and can justifiably be
termed torture under criteria established by
international law, according to the report.
Moreover, such use of torture in interrogation
violates a ruling reached by Israel's High
Court in 1999.

Torture in Israel has once again become
routine, the report's writers conclude. They
charge that Israeli authorities such as the
High Court and attorney general, which are
supposed to monitor the Shin Bet and guarantee
that its interrogation procedures conform with
the law, have failed to discharge such
responsibility. Rather than supervising the
Shin Bet, these authorities have simply rubber
stamped the security service's decisions.

In past months, the High Court rejected all 124
petitions submitted by the committee demanding
that Palestinian suspects be allowed to confer
with their attorneys, the report notes.

Also, the report's writers claim, the State
Prosecutor's Office entrusts a Shin Bet
official to review complaints lodged by
Palestinian detainees; therefore, it is no
surprise that no Shin Bet interrogator has been
found guilty of torturing a suspect without
cause.

The rights group accuses the Shin Bet of using a
variety of violent interrogation methods,
including hitting, slapping and kicking
suspects; stepping on handcuffs; forcing the
suspect to bend in a painful position; and
shaking suspects.

Other illegal measures taken against suspects
include sleep deprivation, threats and
humiliation, exposure to extreme cold or heat
and isolation in inhumane confinement.

Of the 48 detainees who gave statements to the
committee's lawyers during the first four
months of the year, 58% claimed they had been
victimized by direct violence; 52% complained
of sleep deprivation; and 90% said their hands
had been tied behind their backs for prolonged
periods.

The report denounces what it regards as a moral
decline in Israel and consistent violation of
democratic norms, calling on the government to
comply fully with international laws
prohibiting torture and inhumane treatment of
suspects.

A spokesman for Israel's courts last night
rejected the report's findings. After a
petition demanding the right to confer with
counsel is filed, High Court judges require
Shin Bet officials to furnish detailed reasons
justifying their decision to deny a suspect's
request to confer with an attorney, the
spokesman said, adding that the prevention of a
right to counsel does not mean that
interrogators use torture.
© Copyright 2003 Haaretz. All rights reserved

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] CIA Gave Warning. (Warning Ignored)

2003-08-14 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

http://www.boston.com/dailyglobe2/222/nation/
BOSTON GLOBE -
Bryan Bender

CIA warned administration of postwar guerrilla peril

In February, the CIA gave a formal briefing to the National Security Council,
including Defense Secretary Donald H.Rumsfeld, Vice President Dick Cheney, and
President Bush himself: A quick military victory in Iraq will likely be
followed by armed resistance from remnants of the Ba'ath Party and Fedayeen
Saddam irregulars. The administration seemed unmoved. In the weeks leading up
to the Iraq war, top Bush administration officials made glowing predictions that
Iraqis would
welcome US troops with open arms, while behind the scenes they did little to
prepare for a guerrilla war.

My belief is we will, in fact, be greeted as liberators, Cheney said on
NBC's Meet the Press on March 16. I've talked with a lot of Iraqis in the
last several months myself, had them to the White House.
I imagine they will be welcomed, Deputy Defense Secretary Paul D.
Wolfowitz, a key architect of the White House's Iraq strategy, said in an
interview April 3, two weeks into the war, with CBS's 60 Minutes II.

I think there's every reason to think that huge numbers of the Iraqi
population are going to welcome these people ... provided we don't overstay
our welcome, provided we mean what we say about handing things back over to
the Iraqis, Wolfowitz said.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substancenot soap-boxingplease!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright fraudsis used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Kabul - That Wild and Crazy Party Town

2003-08-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Afghanistan gets its first party town
Sunday, August 3rd, 2003

Email to Friend | Printer Friendly Version


The Guardian - The old man in a turban stared in disbelief at the row of Land
Cruisers parked in a smart Kabul street, their drivers waiting for the
partygoers in the house where Madonna blared out.

The imported alcohol and scandalous dancing, men and women together, could not
be seen from the street, but Afghans have a pretty good idea about what happens
on the foreigners' weekend party circuit and lurid imagination fills in the
gaps. Plenty of Afghans are going to the parties too, or throwing their own, and
it's a far cry from the Taliban days when fun was banned and you could be jailed
for watching a smuggled Bollywood video.

But with the fundamentalists long gone and thousands of well-heeled foreign aid
workers and ex-pat Afghans moved in, Kabul has been transformed from dusty
backwater to wild party town - for those with the cash to enjoy it.

Jack Straw pointed out the change on his stopover in Kabul last month, excitedly
remarking on how many new businesses he'd seen on his drive from the airport to
the foreign ministry.

With trouble in the Middle East, Afghanistan looks like the success story the
foreign secretary and other international visitors have been praying for. But
away from the boom times in the capital, under the protection of an
international peacekeeping force, is another Afghanistan where private armies
still rule.

The growing gap between capital and country was starkly underlined this week in
a report by Human Rights Watch, who bluntly said US-backed gunmen have hijacked
the country outside Kabul and created a climate of fear.

Straw didn't see this, and sure enough Kabul is doing very nicely. Centre of
this glittering new world is the exclusive suburb of Wazir Akbar Khan, once home
to senior al-Qaeda men and almost untouched by years of fighting that left much
of the city scarred.

Roomy houses with big leafy gardens are seeing a London-style property price
boom and it's also home to the hottest restaurant of the moment, the Lau Thai,
run by enterprising Thais with branches in East Timor and Kosovo.

The restaurant has been such a success, replacing last year's favourite B's
Place, that the family is planning to set up next in Baghdad. But if its tables
are fully booked there's Italian, Chinese, Indian or German to choose from or a
steak and a few beers at the Mustapha Hotel's new bar, the first to open in two
decades. The days when the choice was just kebab or greasy pilau seem long ago.

Later the international set head out to party in the expensive mansions they
have taken out on long leases, jamming streets with cars and blasting out music
until late.

Afghans are so shocked that frequent warning memos have to be sent out by the UN
begging party goers to tone down the wild behaviour.

Afghan parties may be tamer, but plenty of Kabulis are joining in the fun. Every
Friday an exodus heads out of town on picnics, banned by the Taliban and
merchants and landlords are prospering. Mercedes cars are proliferating on Kabul
's potholed streets and tawdry Pakistani-style mansions covered with marble and
fake Roman pillars are going up, along with a giant five-star hotel owned by the
powerful defence minister, Marshall Fahim.

Aid workers complain about corruption, some government departments are said to
have 11-year-old schoolchildren and hosts of ghost workers on the payroll, but
after years of puritanism and economic stagnation, cash is swilling around town
and everybody wants to enjoy it while the chance lasts.

Internet cafes have sprouted up, mobile phones are everywhere, and pirated DVDs
that would have given the Taliban apoplexy are on sale.

If you can ignore the beggars and grinding poverty all around, it's fun,
frenetic, and a little paranoid with fears that the party could come to a
premature end with a car bomb or a grenade tossed over a wall.

And it's a different world to the other Afghanistan, the one which starts just
over an hour's drive to the southeast.

Rape, robbery and murder are common in the Pushtun lands near Kabul where US
troops are still based, according to researchers for the Human Rights Watch
report, Killing You is Very Easy For Us.

Spokesman Brad Adams said: Human rights abuses in Afghanistan are being
committed by gunmen and warlords who were propelled into power by the United
States and its coalition partners after the Taliban fell in 2001.

These men and others have essentially hijacked the country outside Kabul. With
less than a year to go before national elections, Afghanistan's human rights
situation appears to be worsening.

The group's findings made depressing reading for anyone who believes Afghanistan
is on the road to recovery.

Kidnap for ransom, house breaking, rape and extortion of shopkeepers and drivers
on the roads are widespread. Villagers live in fear of gunmen. Girls are
generally too scared to go to school 

[CTRL] Massive US Job Bleed to China

2003-08-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR
from the August 05, 2003 edition -

http://www.csmonitor.com/2003/0805/p01s02-usec.html

Booming China trade rankles US
Trade deficit with China, now running at $120 billion a year, surpasses the
total US trade gap of six years ago.
By Ron Scherer | Staff writer of The Christian Science Monitor

KANNAPOLIS, N.C. - She was the weaver; he was the loom-fixer.

For the past 20 years of their marriage, Delores and Robert Gambrell strode the
heart-of-pine floors at Pillowtex's Plant 16. The noise from the looms forced
the couple to communicate in a sign language. They even had their own signal for
I love you.

Those days are over for now - the victim of a flood of imports from China. The
nation's third-largest textile company, where the Gambrells worked, closed its
doors last week. For the moment, that means the end of sheets and towels with
the household names of Cannon and Fieldcrest.

The trend reaches far beyond the textile industry or Kannapolis - a community
whose name means city of looms but which is shedding 5,000 Pillowtex jobs.
Manufacturing businesses from electronics to furniture and fishing lures are
closing their doors or moving production to China.

The rapid erosion of well-paying jobs has wide implications for the economy.
Consider that the US trade deficit with China is now running at an annual rate
of $120 billion - a record single-country amount that is larger than America's
entire trade deficit only six years ago.

This will become the dominant economic policy issue in the US [over] the next
five years, says Don Straszheim of Straszheim Global Advisors in Santa Monica,
Calif.

Indeed, China's export push is already becoming a front-burner issue in
Washington. Congress has asked everyone from think-tank experts to Federal
Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan for answers to the problem. Three members of the
president's cabinet on a cross-country jaunt to promote the Bush economic plan
have gotten an earful from angry businesspeople trying to compete with Chinese
imports made by workers getting 50 cents an hour. The loss of jobs to imports is
almost certain to be a recurring theme in the Presidential campaign next fall
and beyond.

The numbers are eye-opening. Chinese exports soared 22 percent last year. And
it's not just low-cost towels. Exports of computer and telecom products are
growing 60 percent annually. While American firms have struggled, Chinese
companies reported profits rose in the first quarter by 56 percent from the
previous year.

To some, this may seem like a replay to the 1980s, when the US trade deficit
with Japan swelled to about $50 billion a year. It seemed as if Japanese
automakers and semiconductor companies would devastate the US economy.

The atmosphere today reminds me of the 1980s, says Clayton Yeutter, who was
the United States Trade Representative back then. Everyone worried about the
Japanese being 10 feet tall, and all of that turned out to be inaccurate,
recalls Mr. Yeutter, now of counsel at Hogan  Hartson, a Washington law firm.

Back then one of the major complaints was about the Japanese yen, which many
felt was kept unreasonably low to benefit the big exporters. Today, business is
complaining about the value of the Chinese yuan, which is pegged to the US
dollar. It is hugely undervalued, says Frank Vargo, of the National
Association of Manufacturers. It could be as much as 40 percent undervalued,
and that is a major reason for the trade deficit. The argument has been picked
up quickly by members of Congress. Last week, Rep. Donald Manzullo (R) of
Illinois, chairman of the House Small Business Committee, was among 14 cosigners
of a letter to the administration encouraging stronger action.

Last week, Treasury Secretary John Snow said it was a critical issue that he
intended to discuss with the Chinese during a planned trip this fall.

Yeutter says a floating yuan would make China, now a corn exporter, a net
importer of corn and soybeans.

Mr. Manzullo says his district is among those feeling the heat from China.
Unemployment in Rockford, Ill., is now 11.3 percent. Machine tool manufacturers,
tool and die companies, and bolt and screw manufacturers are all struggling.

One of those who has testified at the end of June before Congress is businessman
Jay Bender of Falcon Plastics Inc. in Brookings, S.D. In an interview, he
recounts how one of his customers, a manufacturer of fishing lures, has decided
to move its production from the US to China. This would allow the company to cut
its manufacturing costs by half. It asked him to bid on molds to make the
plastic bait. He bid $25,000 per mold. That was a competitive price, he says.

Instead, the company found a Chinese source for $3,000 a piece. I can't even
buy raw materials for that, he says. There are two possibilities: Either they
are subsidized by the government or they gave away the molds to get the
manufacturing business, says the businessman, who has to lay off 30 

Re: [CTRL] We Already Know the Administration Was Lying

2003-08-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

If Saddam Hussein's administration did not have WMD, then what did he use
against the Kurds in northern Iraq, when he dropped chemical weapons to murder
thousands of his own people?
L L Milnes

You are parroting propaganda.

Poison gas is NOT considered a WMD. That propaganda term was manufactured by
the neocons in the early 1990's when they began their Middle East takeover
campaign.

Only nuclear weapons are considered mass murder weapons. Poison gas is mostly a
psychological weapon - a very inefficient military weapon. Modern high tech
explosives (as used by the US) are much more efficient killers of soldiers and
civilians.

BTW, even cursory research shows Saddam's poison gas program was encouraged and
facilitated by the US during the Iraq/Iran war when the US adopted Saddam as its
proxy to fight the Ayatollahs.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] We Already Know ... [CTRL] Gassed Kurds

2003-08-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Lyn:

The point of my message was not whether or not Saddam gassed the Kurds.
The Iranians gassed, the Iraqis gassed, the Kurds were victims.

You ignored the point that the US helped Saddam manufacture his poison.

The US was responsible for the deaths of 100,000/s of Shiites and Kurds when
it formented an uprising against Saddam in 1991 after the Gulf War - then had
second thoughts about permitting the Shiites from taking power, afraid they
would
ally themselves with the Iranian Shiites. The US permitted Saddam to use his
heliocopters after we had established a 'no fly zone' to butcher the Shiites and
Kurds. Now we cry crocodile tears

The WMD BS is agiprop invented by the neo-cons.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substancenot soap-boxingplease!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright fraudsis used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Israel Passes New Racist Apartheid Marriage Laws

2003-07-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

New Law for Israeli-Palestinian Couples

Thursday July 31, 2003 4:39 PM
By GAVIN RABINOWITZ

Associated Press Writer

JERUSALEM (AP) - Israel's parliament on Thursday passed a new law that would
force Palestinians who marry Israelis to live separate lives or move out of
Israel despite charges from human rights groups and Israeli Arabs that the law
is racist.

The law would prevent Palestinians from the West Bank and Gaza Strip who marry
Israeli Arabs from obtaining residency permits in Israel.

The vote was 53 in favor, 25 against and one abstention, a spokeswoman for the
parliament said.

``We see this law as the implementation of the transfer policy by the state of
Israel,'' said Jafar Savah from Mossawa, an advocacy center for Israeli Arabs,
referring to a plan by far right groups to transfer Israeli Arabs to other Arab
countries.

Savah said the law was an attempt to legalize unofficial policy that has been in
effect since September 2000 when violence broke out and warned that the law
would damage relations between Israel and its Arab minority.

Both local and international human rights groups have condemned the law as
racist.

``This is a racist law that decides who can live here according to racist
criteria,'' said Yael Stein from the Israeli rights group B'tselem.

Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International have sent letters to the parliament
protesting the law and urging lawmakers not to pass it, a statement from Human
Rights Watch said.

Israel's government contends that such a law is necessary for security reasons,
citing instances where Palestinians from the West Bank and Gaza have exploited
their residency permits, granting them freedom of movement in Israel, to carry
out terror attacks.

``This law comes to address a security issue,'' Cabinet Minister Gideon Ezra
told Israel Radio. ``Since September 2000 we have seen a significant connection,
in terror attacks, between Arabs from the West Bank and Gaza and Israeli
Arabs,'' Ezra said.

Israel and the Palestinians have been locked in a bloody conflict for 33 months,
though a cease-fire declared by the Palestinians on June 29 has significantly
reduced violence.

The law, which passed its first reading on June 18, would force newly married
couples to choose between living in the Palestinian areas or living separately
and would be in effect for a year when the parliament must renew it.

It is not uncommon for members of Israel's 1 million strong Arab community to
marry residents of the Palestinian areas, and this was one of the only ways a
Palestinian could be eligible for an Israeli residency permit.

Ezra told the radio that since 1993 over 100,000 Palestinians have obtained
Israeli permits in this manner. ``It has grown out of control,'' he said.

Stein from B'tselem said there have been only 20 cases from these 100,000 people
who have been involved in terror.

``I am not taking these attacks lightly but this is an extreme solution to a
marginal phenomenon,'' Stein said.

Ezra turned aside charges that the law was racist, saying ``I agree that anyone
who kills Jews just because they are Jewish is a racist.''

Rights groups accused Israel of trying to rush the bill through parliament
before it goes into recess on August 3.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] no comparing Jewish blood to Palestinian blood

2003-07-30 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

ISRAEL'S FOPPISH SELF-RIGHTEOUSNESS

SHULAMIT ALONI, HAARETZ -

Since the start of the intifada, more than 800 Israelis, mostly civilians, have
been killed by Palestinians. We, justifiably, call it murder. Some were killed
by suicide bombers and the rest with other instruments of death. At the same
time, more than 2,200 Palestinians have been killed by Israelis - some as armed
suspects, and
almost all from soldiers' fire. We don't call these casualties murdered.
But perhaps these deaths should also be referred to as murders. . .

Of course, there's no comparing Jewish blood to Palestinian blood.
Palestinians, after all, use the terrible weapon of suicide; while on our
side, everything is aesthetic and elegant: Bombs fall out of the sky and the
pilot goes home safely; the tanks fire flechettes; and our skilled snipers
always hit their target. Of course, nobody ever asks which target.

We fight the enemy and a large number of the murders are acts of war. Of
course they - the Palestinians - aren't fighting an enemy; they are fighting
an enlightened occupation that has wanted to give them sovereignty for the
last 36 years, but has found it difficult to do so because they are living
on land that was ours 1,900 years ago and we want it only for ourselves.

Or maybe we are a greedy occupier, looting their land (at least as far as
they are concerned), uprooting, and demolishing, and expelling, and breaking
into their homes. And still, we aren't an enemy; and still, we think it's an
enlightened occupation; and our chief of staff is doing everything he can to
sear into the consciousness of the occupied that they should love the
occupier who holds them prisoners in their homes until they are hungry,
until they are completely humiliated - and all for the sake of getting them
to finally understand who are the masters of the land and who are the servants.

Everything I've written here is known by everyone, but forbidden to state
aloud because it is not patriotic. After all, everything we are doing is so
our enemies won't bring another Holocaust down upon us. That's how it is
explained to us - over and over again. And how can our enemies bring down
another Holocaust upon us? That, apparently, must not be asked. After all,
we have peace with Egypt and Jordan, and Iraq is no threat, and Iran is the
entire world's problem.

So, who are we afraid of? The Palestinians? Isn't that a bad joke? But we
aren't allowed to say that because our Jewish paranoia is very serious, and
the public relations people of the army and the greedy of the Greater Land
of Israel know how to manipulate it very nicely. . .

Our foppish self-righteousness; the utter insensitivity of the JAG who is
concerned with chasing after draft dodgers but finds it difficult to
prosecute murderers because there are so many; we, apparently are allowed
everything, for we are the ultimate victims, even when we are the
occupiers and we have the power.

Enough! The occupation is too expensive, too demanding, too destructive. Let
the political prisoners go - the old and the new. Give a chance to an end to
the murders and the building of calm; and in its wake, give peace a chance.
It would be worthwhile for once to try the power of generosity and goodwill
and sincerity.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] US studies Israeli abuse of Palestinians to learn how to treat Iraqis

2003-07-30 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

U.S. ARMY OFFICERS GO TO ISRAEL TO LEARN HOW TO TREAT IRAQIS LIKE PALESTINIANS
http://www.haaretz.com/hasen/pages/ShArt.jhtml?itemNo=323102contrassID=2su
bContrassID=1sbSubContrassID=0listSrc=Y

AMOS HAREL, HAARETZ, ISRAEL - An American military delegation recently
visited Israel to hear first hand from IDF officers about army tactics in
the territories. The Americans were interested how the IDF responded to
guerrilla warfare that evolved in the territories because of the similarity
to what they are now encountering in Iraq. There is growing concern in the
U.S. administration and military about the growing number of attacks on
American troops in Iraq. Since President Bush declared in May that the war
was over, around 50 soldiers have been killed.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Israel Targeting Children?

2003-07-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Monday July 28, 2003
The Guardian

 'I can't imagine anyone who considers himself a human being can do this'

On Friday a four-year-old Palestinian boy was shot dead by a soldier - the most
recent child victim of the Israeli army. Chris McGreal investigates a shocking
series of deaths

Nine-year-old Abdul Rahman Jadallah's promise to the corpse of the shy little
girl who lived up the street was, in all probability, kept for him by an Israeli
bullet. The boy - Rahman to his family - barely knew Haneen Suliaman in life.
But whenever there was a killing in the dense Palestinian towns of southern Gaza
he would race to the morgue to join the throng around the mutilated victim. Then
he would tag along with the surging, angry funerals of those felled by rarely
seen soldiers hovering far above in helicopters or cocooned behind the thick
concrete of their pillboxes. Haneen, who was eight years old, had been shot
twice in the head by an Israeli soldier as she walked down the street in Khan
Yunis refugee camp with her mother, Lila Abu Selmi.
Almost every day here the Israelis shoot at random, so when you hear it you get
inside as quickly as possible, says Mrs Selmi. Haneen went to the grocery
store to buy some crisps. When the shooting started, I came out to find her. She
was coming down the street and ran to me and hugged me, crying, 'Mother,
mother'. Two bullets hit her in the head, one straight after the other. She was
still in my arms and she died.

Later that day, the crowds pushed into the morgue at the local hospital to see
the young girl on the slab, partly in homage, partly to vent their anger. Rahman
pressed his way to the front so he could touch Haneen. Then he went home and
told his mother, Haniya Abed Atallah, that he too wanted to die. Rahman went to
the morgue and kissed Haneen. He came home and told us he had promised the dead
girl he would die too. I made him apologise to his father, Mrs Atallah says.

Weeks passed and another Israeli bullet shattered the life of another young
Palestinian girl. Huda Darwish was sitting at her school desk when a cluster of
shots ripped through the top of a tree outside her classroom and buried
themselves in the wall. But one ricocheted off the window frame, smashed through
the glass and lodged in the 12-year-old girl's brain. Huda's teacher, Said
Sinwar, was standing in front of the blackboard. It was a normal lesson when
suddenly there was this shooting without any warning. The children were
terrified and trying to run. I was shouting at them to get under their desks.
Suddenly the bullet hit the little girl and she slumped to the floor with a
sigh, not even screaming, he says.

Sinwar dragged Huda from under her desk and ran with her across the road to the
hospital, itself scarred by Israeli bullets. After weeks in hospital, she has
started breathing for herself again, through a windpipe cut into her throat. She
has regained use of her arms and legs, but will be blind for the rest of her
life.

Rahman was in another class at the same school. The next day, lessons were
cancelled and the boy defied his mother to tag along at the funeral of a slain
Palestinian fighter. The burial evolved into the ritual protest of children
marching to the security fence that separates Gaza's dense and beggared Khan
Yunis refugee camp from the spacious religious exclusivity of the neighbouring
Jewish settlement. As Rahman hung a Palestinian flag on the fence, a bullet
caught him under his left eye. He died on the spot. It looks as if the soldiers
saw him put the flag on the fence and they shot him, says Rahman's brother,
19-year-old Ijaram. There were many kids next to him, next to the fence. But he
was the only one carrying the flag. Why else would they have shot him?

Britain's chief rabbi, Jonathan Sacks, recently praised the Israeli military as
the most humanitarian in the world because it claims to risk its soldiers' lives
to avoid killing innocent Palestinians. It is a belief echoed by most Israelis,
who revere the army as an institution of national salvation. Yet among the most
shocking aspects of the past three years of intifada that has no shortage of
horrors - not least the teenage suicide bombers revelling in mass murder - has
been the killing of children by the Israeli army.

The numbers are staggering; one in five Palestinian dead is a child. The
Palestinian Centre for Human Rights (PCHR) says at least 408 Palestinian
children have been killed since the beginning of the intifada in September 2000.
Nearly half were killed in the Gaza strip, and most of those died in two refugee
camps in the south, Khan Yunis and Rafah. The PCHR says they were victims of
indiscriminate shooting, excessive force, a shoot-to-kill policy and the
deliberate targeting of children.

And children continue to die, even after the ceasefire declared by Hamas and
other groups at the end of June. On Friday, a soldier at a West Bank checkpoint
shot dead a four-year-old boy, Ghassan 

[CTRL] Huge Liability Trap for US in Iraq

2003-07-25 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

FINANCIAL TIMES
A legal minefield for Iraq's occupiers
By David Scheffer
Published: July 23 2003 20:50 | Last Updated: July 23 2003 20:50

The deaths of Uday and Qusay Hussein will provide a welcome morale-boost for the
Anglo-US forces in Iraq. It has become all too clear in recent weeks, as
casualties have mounted and budgets escalated, that America and Britain gravely
underestimated the task awaiting them in post-war Iraq. What the occupying
powers may not yet fully appreciate, however, is the extent of their long-term
liability under international law.

Because they rejected a United Nations-supervised administration of post-Hussein
Iraq, the US and Britain needlessly shoulder most of the legal responsibility
for the success or failure of the administration and reconstruction of Iraq. No
wonder other nations and groupings, such as India, Pakistan and Nato, have
rejected Washington's appeal for troops. Why risk the liabilities of a military
occupation under current conditions, especially when a simple Security Council
mandate could trump occupation law, with all its attendant burdens?

In an awkwardly crafted resolution in May, authored by Washington and London,
the Security Council designated the two victorious nations as the occupying
powers. This title carries all the responsibilities, constraints and
liabilities that arise under occupation law, codified in the fourth Geneva
Convention of 1949 and other instruments. The UN assumed an advisory role but
left the legal responsibility squarely with the US and Britain and reminded
other nations of their obligations if they deployed troops in Iraq.

In the last half-century no country requiring such radical transformation has
been placed under military occupation law instead of a UN mandate or
trusteeship. No conquering military power has volunteered formally to embrace
occupation law so boldly and with such enormous risk. And never in recent times
has an occupation occurred that was so predictable for so long and yet so poorly
planned for.

Occupation law was never intended to encourage invasion and occupation for the
purpose of transforming a society, however noble that aim. The narrow purpose is
to constrain an occupying military power and thus discourage aggression and
permanent occupation. The humanitarian needs of the civilian population take
priority and usually require the occupying power to act decisively for that
purpose.

But Iraq - under Saddam Hussein, a tyranny built on atrocities - requires
radical political and economic transformation in the aftermath of Operation
Iraqi Freedom, a worthy goal now sought by the occupying powers. Yet their
performance to date raises serious risks of liability under occupation law,
which could lead to civil and criminal actions (even against military and
civilian officials) by Iraqi citizens.

The liability trap deepens every day, dug by the failure of the occupying powers
to plan for and take immediate action to prevent looting of critical facilities
and cultural sites, to deploy enough soldiers to maintain security and to
establish effective law enforcement on the streets with well-trained police. The
occupying powers also risk liability in other ways: by their refusal to permit
entry of international weapons inspectors or of humanitarian supplies from the
UN and other relief organisations in the early stages of the occupation; by
their failure rapidly to restore and maintain water, sewerage and electricity
services; by having created unemployment on a massive scale; and by their
controversial plans for the management of Iraq's oil industry.

Occupation law imposes high performance standards on an occupying military power
and liability can arise quickly. This is particularly so in cases where an
occupation and its many responsibilities were readily foreseeable - as is the
case in Iraq, whose invasion was planned for a long time.

The challenges of humanitarian occupations by benevolent military forces seeking
to transform devastated societies cannot be met within the confines of
occupation law.

Indeed, in recent years the UN has developed much experience in overcoming that
law's outdated norms and directly promoting democracy and economic development
in war-torn nations.

The US and Britain could gain legal and practical advantage - as well as more
international support - if the Security Council adopted a resolution to
establish a comprehensive UN mandate over the civilian and military
administration of Iraq. Its terms could be modelled on the other cases in which
the UN has been called on to help transform a nation. Speculation that a new
resolution may be forthcoming is encouraging, provided it establishes a new
legal framework for all coalition forces.

With a fresh UN mandate, the burden and risks of occupation law would be greatly
reduced for the occupying powers. Their main responsibilities would be defined
by the Security Council rather than by a body of law that is ill-suited to the

[CTRL] 1000's Of Cases of Mad Cow Unreported in US

2003-07-24 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Date: Wed 23 Jul 2003
From: ProMED-mail [EMAIL PROTECTED]
Source: Zwire.co, United Press International (via COMTEX), Tue 22 Jul 2003
[edited]
http://www.zwire.com/site/news.cfm?newsid=9882702BRD=1713PAG=740dept_id=
226965rfi=6


USA: Concern that CJD Screening May Miss Thousands of Cases
---
[The original version of this report frequently confuses variant CJD
(associated with transmission of the BSE agent to humans), with the
sporadic, iatrogenic, and genetic forms of CJD. I have edited the text to
eliminate some of this confusion. There are precise diagnostic criteria for
variant CJD, which can be viewed at the UK Department of Health website:
http://www.doh.gov.uk/cjd/cjd_stat.htm.

The UK Department of Health website maintains the only comprehensive source
of comparative data on the incidence of the various forms of CJD in any
population. The UK Department of Health monthly reports are reproduced in
ProMED-mail close to the beginning of each month (see references below).  -
Mod.CP]

The federal government's monitoring system for cases of Creutzfeldt-Jakob
disease (CJD), a fatal human brain illness, could be missing tens of
thousands of victims, scientists and consumer advocates have told United
Press International.

Variant CJD [abbreviated as CJD (new var.) or vCJD in ProMED-mail] can be
[contracted] by eating beef [from cattle] with mad cow disease (bovine
spongiform encephalopathy - abbreviated as BSE), but the critics assert
that, without a better tracking system, it might be impossible to determine
whether any [cases of sporadic CJD] are [cases of vCJD] or to obtain an
accurate picture of the prevalence of the disorder in the United States.

Beginning in the late 1990s, more than 100 people contracted vCJD in the
United Kingdom and several European countries after eating beef infected
with BSE. [The mode of transmission of the BSE agent to humans has
not  been established conclusively, but is presumed on circumstantial
grounds to be a consequence of consumption of contaminated meat. - Mod.CP]

No case of [BSE] has ever been detected in U.S. cattle, and the monitoring
system of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has never
detected a case of vCJD . Nevertheless, critics say, the CDC's system [may]
miss many cases of the disease, which currently is not treatable and is
always fatal.

The first symptoms of CJD typically include memory loss and difficulty
keeping balance and walking. As the disease destroys the brain, patients
rapidly progress in a matter of months to difficulty with movement, an
inability to talk and swallow and, finally, death. Spontaneously-occurring
or sporadic CJD is a rare disorder. Only about 300 cases appear nationwide
each year, but several studies have suggested that the disorder might be
more common than thought and that as many as tens of thousands of cases
might be going unrecognized. Clusters of [sporadic] CJD have been reported
in various areas of the United States -- Pennsylvania in 1993, Florida in
1994, Oregon in 1996, New York in 1999-2000, and Texas in 1996. In
addition, several people in New Jersey developed CJD in recent years,
including a 56-year-old woman who died on 31 May 2003. Although in some
instances, a [BSE] link was suspected, all of the cases ultimately were
classified as sporadic CJD.

People who develop CJD [presumably as a result of] eating BSE-contaminated
beef have been thought to develop the specific form of the disorder called
variant CJD. But new research, released in December 2002 [see ProMED-mail
post archived as: CJD (new var.) - UK: update 2003 (03) 20030204.0299],
[suggests] that the [BSE] pathogen [may] cause both sporadic CJD and the
variant form. Now people are beginning to realize that because something
looks like sporadic CJD they can't necessarily conclude that it is not
linked to [BSE], said Laura Manuelidis, section chief of surgery in the
neuropathology department at Yale University, who conducted a 1989 study
that found 13 percent of Alzheimer's patients actually had CJD.

Several studies, including the Manuelidis study, have found that autopsies
reveal 3 to 13 percent of patients diagnosed with Alzheimer's or dementia
actually suffered from CJD. Those numbers might sound low, but there are 4
million Alzheimer's cases and hundreds of thousands of dementia cases in
the United States. A small percentage of those cases could add up to 120
000 or more CJD victims going undetected and not included in official
statistics.

Experiences in [the UK] and Switzerland -- both countries that discovered
mad cow disease in their cattle -- have heightened concerns about the
possibility that some cases of sporadic CJD are due to consuming
mad-cow-tainted beef. Both countries have reported increases in sporadic
CJD since BSE was first detected in British herds in 1986. Switzerland
discovered in 2002 that its CJD rate was twice that of any other country in
the 

Re: [CTRL] Rense and Savage...a combo

2003-07-13 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Funny, Rense is no more an anti-semite than you are Dorothy and Savage is
Jewish.
Bill.

Bill, don't you undestand that if you criticize Israel - You ARE an anti-semite.

Aren't you considered an 'anti-anglite' if you criticize England? An
'anti-Italianite'
if you criticize Italy? 'An anti-Germanite' if you criticize Germany? How about
all the
recent 'anti-Gaulites' that recently came out of the closet.

BTW, what do you call an anti-Arab? Is it an anti-Semantical Semite?

Or perhaps a racist anti-Arab would simply be called a Lukudite.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] Ron Paul Speech - Neo-conned

2003-07-12 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Note: Ron Paul is my Congressman. He is a man of
   rare honesty and integrity. If only there were
   300 more like him in Congress.

As one who has been stuck with Henry Hyde since forever I can say that you are
indeed lucky!
Bill.

Yes indeedee. He is the only Congressperson I contribute $$ to. I guess Hyde is
just as bad as Bernie Sanders, another phony socialists.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substancenot soap-boxingplease!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright fraudsis used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] NYTimes.com Article: Charles P. Kindleberger, 92, Global Economist...

2003-07-11 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

My, my, I'll bet the Republicans are relieved to see him go.
Prudy

Prudy:

The Repubs are no more in favor of free markets then the Dems. Same statist
manipulators - just different beneficiaries of their manipulation (and in many
cases
the same corporate beneficiaries).

The main difference is that the Repubs are proud to deliver corporate welfare
while the Dems. hang their head slightly while doing so.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] WHERE'S RICHARD PERLE?

2003-07-11 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

WHERE'S RICHARD PERLE?

http://www.arabia.com/newsfeed/article/english/0,14183,405688,00.html

WILLIAM HUGHS, PALESTINE CHRONICLE - Perhaps we should take a break on
looking for Saddam Hussein, Usama bin Laden, William Slots Bennett, or,
even James J. Whitey Bulger. For me, the key question today is: Where is
Richard Perle?

Before the launching of Iraq War No. 2, in March 20, 2003, Perle, America's
Iago, regularly appeared on TV and cable TV programs, on radio, and in the
print media, too. He repeated, ad infinitum, ad nauseam, why it was so
absolutely critical for the U.S. to immediately invade Iraq.  America was
at risk, he said, with that ubiquitous smirk on his mug. There wasn't a
moment to lose. Saddam has WMD, he told us, and he also hates America
and poses a dire threat to our security?

The shifty Perle, the Mother of all Neocons, also predicted, like former
Defense Department official, Ken Adelman, that a U.S. invasion of Iraq would
be a cakewalk! It will be easy, he boasted. We would also be exporting
democracy to the Iraqi people, who will welcome us with open arms as
liberators, he claimed over and over again in similar words. Cakewalk!
Easy! Exporting Democracy! Liberators! Sure!

Now, Perle is among the missing! The man with the sinister-looking scowl
hasn't showed up on the Talking Head circuits since about the time the U.S.
occupation of Iraq began going sour. Could he be hiding out in his beloved
Israel, in a safe house provided by Benjamin Netanyahu, a/k/a
Bend-the-Truth Yahoo? Or, are the War Hawks, Rep. Tom Lantos (D-CA) and
Sen. Joseph Lieberman (D-CT), telling him to keep a low profile by working
temporarily as an extra on a Hollywood movie? Who knows?

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] BANKRUPT PARANOIA MAGAZINE!

2003-06-24 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

  Hey, flw, good suggestion!  Mail any copies of that
 rag, PARANOIA, right to the FBI!  If we work together,
 we can get that magazine off the stands and into the
 trash cans where it belongs!
 Best,
 T. Casey Brennan

Aha! I see that PARANOIA mag. has gotten to you too! No doubt that nefarious
instrument of evil is plotting against you, whispering against you, LAUGHING AT
YOU.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Letter from the Sunni Triangle -- June 20, 2003

2003-06-20 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Dear All,

The grassy fields sway as the American helicopters patrol the green, bountiful
bluffs and floodplains of the Tigris River. I'm with my translator, Tahseen, the
same one who worked for me during the war. He made a small fortune working for
me during those months. I urged him to save the money for a rainy day. Instead,
the crazy kid went out and bought a zippy, candy-red Audi that I'm driving now
along the country roads. The windows are down and the radio alternates between
catchy Arab pop tunes and American rap and RB songs. Thank goodness for Radio
Sawa, the new U.S.-run AM music station.

We vie for the road with long, noisy columns of American military hardware and
rickety tractors. The night before, U.S. forces patrolling the area were
ambushed by a group of proverbial bad guys. The rocket-propelled grenades they
launched barely scratched the Americans' M-1 tank. But the Americans responded
with full force. Soldiers lit up the night with flares and radioed three Bradley
fighting vehicles and an Apache helicopter for backup.

 Then the story gets messy.

According to the Pentagon, the Americans killed as many as 27 bad guys in a
successful counterattack against the terrorists or Saddam loyalists or Ba'ath
Party holdouts or whatever they were. But amid the lush gardens, fields and
orchards, the soldiers were only able to recover seven corpses.

According to the villagers in Elher, the Americans killed two strangers who had
snuck here from another town and five innocent civilians: a father, three sons
and a cousin who were in the wrong place at the wrong time.

I have doubts about the villagers' story. I suspect they're just covering for
their relatives. Frankly, most of the people in this area are Sunni Arab
supporters of Saddam Hussein. This is the infamous Sunni Triangle, stretching
from west Baghdad to Ramadi and north, some say to Tikrit, but I think all the
way up to Mosul. I've clocked a quite a bit of quality time in the towns and
cities of the desert flatlands, marshes and river valleys here. It's the part of
Iraq where locals cried as the Americans tore down the statutes of Saddam. It's
where people spraypaint, Down to USA. Live Saddam! on walls. It's where people
give outsiders dirty looks and threaten them with violence.

I call it Saddamistan.

Americans have been getting hurt at a rate almost every day here. One night in
Fallujah, they blew up a power station with a rocket-propelled grenade, injuring
two Americans. The other day they shot up a convoy of American trucks, turning
one into a twisted heap of metal. The other night they wounded a soldier and
killed someone in the ambulance trying to get him to a hospital. The bad guys
are getting better. And recently Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz
conceded that the U.S. was fighting a guerrilla war in central Iraq.

The soldiers, out on patrol or manning checkpoints, say they're getting fired at
constantly at night. Americans are confused by the particularly Middle Eastern
brand of hospitality. During the day they're all friendly and your buddies,
said one soldier at a checkpoint near Balad. At night they're firing at you.

The attacks have gotten so frequent that sometimes the soldiers don't even
report incidents to the higher-ups unless someone gets hurt. They don't have
very good aim, said one soldier stationed in Tikrit.

In towns like Saddam's birthplace of Oja, the locals readily admit taking part
in ambushes against Americans. Some even whine that not all their operations get
onto al Jazeera or al Arabia, the Arab-language news networks Iraqis can now
watch freely thanks to the post-Saddam lifting of restrictions on satellites.

I arrive at the wake for the five villagers. It is a lovely affair. Three tents
are pitched next to the house to protect mourners from the furious mid-day sun.
The men wear the traditional blanched white headdresses and robes of the country
's Sunni Arab minority. The women cook and weep in their black Abayas. Servants
serve cold water and cigarettes.

I ask one of the relatives point-blank whether the five men were involved in the
attack on the Americans. No, he replies, impossible. Weren't your relatives
opposed to the U.S. occupation? No, he replies, they welcomed the Americans.
This is getting ridiculous What would it take, I ask in a trick question, for
your people to take up arms against the Americans? Why, a fatwa or religious
edict from our spiritual leader, he said. And who might that be?

His answer stuns me: Mohammad Baqer al-Hakim.

I'm speechless. I know Hakim's folks, inside and out. I've been following his
Iranian-backed organization for over a year. I've spied on its troops. I've had
candid discussions with its intellectuals and soldies. It was among the top
three organizations fighting Saddam for the last few decades.

Now, there may come a day when Hakim orders his flock to violently fight the
American occupation. But for now, Hakim and his little brother, 

Re: [CTRL] BANKRUPT PARANOIA MAGAZINE!

2003-06-19 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

What are your problems with Paranoia?
I think it's a good and often great magazine and only wish it came out more
often.
Please describe your gripes if you can.

A year ago I came into possesion of the Spring 02 issue.

After I placed it in my magazine rack, I could 'feel' it probing my mind...
telling me lies, laughing at me...

I mailed it to the FBI.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] Why most Americans are unable to perceive and protest America's slide into fascism

2003-06-18 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

 One of the first things the Nazis did was to murder every
 socialist they could find.  When leftists talk about socialism
 today they mean DEMOCRATIC SOCIALISM, with workers (including
 managers) having democratic control (one-person-one-vote, not
 one-dollar-one-vote as in the U.S. today) over the businesses
 they work in and over the economy and government as a whole.

It is not possible to achieve socialism without establishing an authoritarian
state since the pervasive state involvement in all areas of a citizen's life
ncessary to implement socialism requires a degree of control only attainable
through an authoritarian state.

The one essential difference between Communism and Nazism was that the Nazis
learned from the mistakes Lenin made in the 1920's. Rather then replace the
nation's former, pre Revolutionary elite with a new (untrained) party elite, the
Nazis simply co-opted the old elite by making membership in the Nazi party
mandatory in order to keep one's position of power.

Thus the Nazis had the advantage of permitting the country to continue to
function efficiently after seizing power yet make the Party paramount in all
areas of life.
Eventually the old elite would be replaced by a new highly educated and
efficient
Party elite.
flw

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substancenot soap-boxingplease!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright fraudsis used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Ex-Army boss: Pentagon won't admit reality in Iraq

2003-06-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

USA TODAY
Posted 6/2/2003 11:06 PM Updated 6/3/2003 12:17 AM

Ex-Army boss: Pentagon won't admit reality in Iraq
By Dave Moniz, USA TODAY

WASHINGTON - The former civilian head of the Army said Monday it is time for the
Pentagon to admit that the military is in for a long occupation of Iraq that
will require a major commitment of American troops.

Former Army secretary Thomas White said in an interview that senior Defense
officials are unwilling to come to grips with the scale of the postwar U.S.
obligation in Iraq. The Pentagon has about 150,000 troops in Iraq and recently
announced that the Army's 3rd Infantry Division's stay there has been extended
indefinitely.

This is not what they were selling (before the war), White said, describing
how senior Defense officials downplayed the need for a large occupation force.
It's almost a question of people not wanting to 'fess up to the notion that we
will be there a long time and they might have to set up a rotation and sustain
it for the long term.

The interview was White's first since leaving the Pentagon in May after a series
of public feuds with Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld led to his firing.

Rumsfeld and Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz criticized the Army's chief
of staff, Gen. Eric Shinseki, after Shinseki told Congress in February that the
occupation could require several hundred thousand troops. Wolfowitz called
Shinseki's estimate wildly off the mark.

Rumsfeld was furious with White when the Army secretary agreed with Shinseki.

Last month, Rumsfeld said the United States would remain in Iraq as long as it
takes. But the Defense chief was not specific about the size of the force.

The Pentagon declined to respond to White's comments, but a senior official said
it was too early to draw conclusions about the size or length of the U.S.
troops' commitment in Iraq.

White said it is reasonable to assume the Pentagon will need more than 100,000
U.S. troops in Iraq to provide stability for at least the next year. Pentagon
officials envisioned having about 100,000 troops there immediately after the
war, but they hoped that number would be quickly drawn down.


© Copyright 2003 USA TODAY, a division of Gannett Co. Inc.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] GAO: 350,000 Gulf War Vets Exposed to Poisons

2003-06-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

washingtonpost.com
GAO Triples Estimates of Gulf War Fallout

By Spencer S. Hsu
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, June 3, 2003; Page A21

Congressional researchers recommended yesterday that Congress ask the Pentagon
to triple the number of U.S. troops presumed to be exposed to chemical fallout
from the demolition of an Iraqi weapons depot in March 1991 to 350,000, or
roughly half of U.S. forces that served in the Persian Gulf War.

The recommendation by the General Accounting Office, Congress's audit arm, came
after analysts concluded that the Defense Department's narrower estimates were
based on flawed science. The analysts said the military arbitrarily
underestimated the height of plumes produced by demolition of a sarin gas
stockpile at Khamisiyah, lacked accurate data about the weather and relied on
simulations in a Utah desert that did not correlate to conditions in Iraq.

The GAO report was prepared for the House Government Reform subcommittee on
national security, emerging threats and international relations and for Sen.
Robert C. Byrd Jr. (D-W.Va.). The panel heard testimony yesterday about the
science of toxic plume modeling.

Subcommittee Chairman Christopher Shays (R-Conn.) said he believed the
recommendation would be taken up by an advisory task force scheduled to meet
July 16.

The Pentagon had not seen the report and had no immediate comment, said Anna
Johnson-Winegar, deputy assistant secretary of defense for chemical and
biological defense.

The Pentagon has increased estimates before of the number of soldiers presumed
exposed from Khamisiyah from zero to 400 in 1996 and 100,000 in 1997.

© 2003 The Washington Post Company

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] BSE RISK, CHICKEN BREASTS

2003-06-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

BSE RISK, CHICKEN BREASTS - UK EX NETHERLANDS (03)
**
A ProMED-mail post
http://www.promedmail.org
ProMED-mail is a program of the
International Society for Infectious Diseases
http://www.isid.org

Date: Fri, 23 May 2003
From: Julian Wei-Tze Tang [EMAIL PROTECTED]


Chicken meat injected with water and animal proteins from the Netherlands
--
Sometime ago you ran a short thread on the injection of chicken meat
or tumbling of chicken meat with water and other animal proteins to
enhance the weight to increase profit margins, from Dutch producers
of chicken meat. There was the risk that these other proteins were
not necessarily chicken protein, but could also have included pork
and beef proteins, which was alarming if true, as this meant that
chicken could also be a source of BSE.

In the UK we have a program called Panorama which is an
investigative journalism magazine program. Last night (22 May 2003),
their investigations revealed that some of these companies did use
water with dissolved non-chicken hydrolysed animal proteins to
enhance the weight of these products (thus enhancing their profits).
These investigations were probably been carried out sometime last
year (perhaps around the time of your previous thread on this) and
only broadcast this week.

When they traced these protein additives back to a company in
Germany, secret filming during interviews  with the director of this
company revealed that some of these animal protein additives had been
specially treated. This special process had enabled the DNA in
these animal proteins to be reduced to a single base-pair, so as to
make the protein animal source unidentifiable by PCR testing
techniques that are used to detect other animal contaminating
proteins in foods. This special process was obviously a company
secret, and Panorama went on to show that such proteins had been used
by some major chicken producers in The Netherlands (and elsewhere
they hinted, in foods other than chicken, e.g. ham enhanced with beef
protein).

My question is: Would such extreme procedures applied to these other
animal proteins actually be sufficiently extreme to destroy prion
proteins? Without the details, perhaps we will never know.

Perhaps we should alert our Food Standards Agencies or similar
watchdogs to be on renewed lookout for such hydrolysed
protein-enhanced meat products entering our countries. I can supply
more details if readers are interested, though these details are
freely available on the website for this Panorama program, which
has further results from their investigation.

--
Julian W. Tang, MA PhD MRCP
Virology, Department of Virology
Windeyer Building, University College London Hospitals
London W1T 4JF, England, UK
Email: [EMAIL PROTECTED]

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Russia concerned over Israel's nuclear weapons program

2003-06-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Haaretz
News Updates Monday, June 02, 2003 Sivan 2, 5763
Israel Time:  05:07  (GMT+3)

Russia concerned over Israel's nuclear weapons program

By Aluf Benn

Russia recently expressed concern over Israel's
nuclear program and demanded that this be placed
on the agenda of international organizations
concerned with preventing nuclear proliferation.




Speaking at a meeting of the
Nuclear Suppliers Group in
Pusan, South Korea 10 days ago,
the Russians presented a report
on the nuclear weapons
allegedly in Israel's
possession and demanded that
this matter be addressed.

Experts say that Russia raised

the issue in an attempt to rebuff American
pressure to cease its own nuclear dealings with
Iran. The Russian claim is that Israel represents
a greater nuclear threat to the Middle East than
does Iran.

The Nuclear Suppliers Group, which comprises 40
industrialized nations, works to prevent the
leakage of nuclear technology to states
suspected of trying to develop nuclear arms.

Its rules also limit trade in dual-use
technologies, which can be used for either
civilian or military purposes.

Israel, which is not a signatory to the Nuclear
Nonproliferation Treaty (NPT), has been subjected
to these restrictions for years. As a result,
there is a long list of products that Israel has
trouble purchasing on international markets.

John Bolton, America's undersecretary of state for
arms control and international security affairs,
will come to Israel next week to discuss
America's efforts to halt Iran's nuclear program.


© Copyright 2003 Haaretz. All rights reserved

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Coalition of Willing Stiffing US on Troop Relief

2003-05-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Relief for U.S. troops lacking
By Tom Squitieri, USA TODAY

WASHINGTON - The Pentagon's search for troops from other nations to replace U.S.
soldiers in the force that is stabilizing postwar Iraq has fallen short of
expectations, and U.S. officials face the prospect of keeping more U.S. forces
in Iraq than they had hoped, diplomats and military officials say.

  A U.S. military police officer keeps an eye a crowd in Baghdad while other MPs
arrest Iraqis who fired guns in the air.
By Victor Caivano, AP

Despite efforts to prod other nations to send troops - and a United Nations
resolution on May 22 that cleared the way for countries to begin contributing
soldiers to the postwar effort - the United States and Britain have gotten
promises of just 13,000 troops from two dozen countries, according to diplomats
for the affected countries. The first significant arrivals could come in July.

That's much fewer than the tens of thousands of troops U.S. planners want. There
are about 150,000 U.S. troops and 15,000 British troops in Iraq, along with a
smattering of soldiers from other nations. Pentagon officials had hoped to begin
substituting troops from other countries for some U.S. troops as early as next
month, when they had expected to send home most of the Army's 3rd Infantry
Division, which will now stay on.

Getting help from foreign troops is important for reasons beyond sending home
battle-weary U.S. forces. The Bush administration would like to put a more
multinational face on the occupation of Iraq by visibly involving a broader
group of nations. Foreign help also could cut U.S. costs at a time when U.S.
planners are facing an open-ended military mission in Afghanistan plus other
operations in the war against terrorism.

In a speech Tuesday to the Council on Foreign Relations, Defense Secretary
Donald Rumsfeld said 39 nations have contributed to the stabilization force or
provided other assistance. But the Pentagon will not specify which nations are
contributing troops, or how many have been promised.

In his speech, Rumsfeld also said many U.S. troops will be required for as long
as it takes to create a secure atmosphere in Iraq.

The United Sates is getting enthusiastic help from Poland. Polish officials said
they are determined to take a lead role in the military security of Iraq as well
as demonstrate to the United States and other NATO nations that it can be a good
ally.

In Warsaw, 15 nations took part last week in talks on the force for Iraq. Polish
officials said they received commitments from enough nations to fill out a
7,000-strong force for a sector of Iraq they will command.

Several countries the United States was hoping would send large numbers of
troops now say they can contribute small groups for a short period of time. For
example, Denmark says it was asked for 5,000 troops but will send 380.

Other nations that have participated in peacekeeping missions elsewhere have
declined to send troops because public opinion in their countries heavily
opposed the U.S. invasion and continues to oppose postwar U.S.-British control.
There are other snags:

NATO is preparing a force of 5,500 troops for peacekeeping duties in
Afghanistan. That is drawing European troops who might have helped in Iraq.
Worse-than-expected postwar lawlessness and violence in Iraq have forced U.S.
planners to keep more troops there, and have increased the anxiety of some
nations about committing their forces.
Some nations have few soldiers to send or a lack of money to pay for any
significant deployment.
Britain's 15,000 troops still in Iraq are down from 45,000 during the war, and
Britain has said it will continue to reduce the size of its force.

British Defense Minister Geoffrey Hoon said in an interview that a long
occupation would severely strain Britain's small military. It is fair to say we
are stretched, Hoon said.


© Copyright 2003 USA TODAY, a division of Gannett Co. Inc.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] 

[CTRL] Shocking 20 Billion $$$ Corporate Welfare Givaway

2003-05-30 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Boeing deal comes at taxpayers' expense

May 29, 2003

BY ROBERT NOVAK SUN-TIMES COLUMNIST

No sooner did Congress adjourn last Friday for its Memorial Day recess than the
Pentagon declared victory for the Boeing Co. over U.S. taxpayers. Against advice
from federal budget officials and its own outside advisers, the Defense
Department boosted Boeing's ailing commercial aircraft business with a
sweetheart Air Force leasing deal. That dramatically demonstrated political
power in Washington.

Pressure from the speaker of the House, the president pro tem of the Senate and
lawmakers from 17 states where the big defense contractor operates rolled over
opposition from the Office of Management and Budget. While the ultimate decision
was made by President Bush, the political balance weighed heavily for Boeing.

''President Eisenhower must be speaking out in his grave about the
military-industrial complex that he warned about,'' Sen. John McCain told me.
McCain's was the only congressional voice to speak out when the deal was
announced. Bailing out Boeing is a classic case of the public interest
subordinated to protect a politically well-connected contractor.

The General Accounting Office estimates $20 billion to $30 billion in government
costs for leasing 100 Boeing 767 tankers for six years, costing $12.2 billion to
$22.4 billion more than simply modernizing existing KC-135E tankers. Actually,
the OMB reports the current fleet is in good shape, and the Air Force says there
is no need to start replacing the KC-135Es before 2012.

OMB Director Mitchell Daniels could see that this proposal was in Boeing's but
not the nation's interest. Just before last Christmas, he thought the deal was
sidetracked. When the Defense Department's leasing committee postponed further
consideration, a Pentagon official told me: ''It was decided that no deal was to
be made.'' I concluded in a Dec. 19 column: ''The deal is dead.'' Ominously,
however, no announcement was made.

Democratic Rep. Norman Dicks of Washington state, who has carried Boeing's water
in Congress for more than 26 years, predicted after my column that the deal
would be saved. Senate President Pro Tem Ted Stevens, Appropriations Committee
chairman, hectored Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld in an open hearing. House
Speaker J. Dennis Hastert applied the heat behind the scenes. Daniels did reduce
the cost to the taxpayers, but could not block the deal.

Concern for Boeing by Hastert, who represents a northern Illinois district, is a
major benefit of the company's world headquarters moving from Seattle to
Chicago. Boeing further strengthened itself by hiring Rudy F. deLeon, a senior
Defense Department official in both the Clinton and George W. Bush
administrations, as chief lobbyist. Boeing had a passionate advocate in
Secretary of the Air Force James Roche, who has worked on both the military and
industrial sides of the complex.

The drive toward a Boeing deal hit a bump two months ago when the Pentagon asked
the opinion of the Institute for Defense Analyses. Instead of the expected
whitewash, the IDA appraisal (from a panel that included retired officers) was
negative. McCain's efforts to obtain the report were rebuffed. This column also
was unable to get it.

The defense authorization act passed by the Senate last Thursday night ordered
an analysis of alternatives to the Boeing lease. That senatorial intent was
ignored by the Pentagon the next day when it announced the deal.

So delighted are Boeing's congressional cheerleaders that they admit the leasing
deal was not driven by Air Force needs. Democratic Sen. Maria Cantwell of
Washington state exulted that it ''will deliver a sustained boost for Boeing's
production lines and its workers at a time when they need it most.'' When McCain
asked Boeing whether it had offered a leasing deal to Continental Airlines and
been turned down, he was told this was ''proprietary'' information. Boeing did
not have a response to this column.

John McCain cannot reverse this deal, but he can make life miserable for James
Roche. McCain said Friday that Secretary Roche contradicted Air Force studies
and was ''relentless in exaggerating aerial tanker shortfalls and problems in
order to win approval of the lease.'' Roche, nominated to shift over as
secretary of the Army to push Rumsfeld's modernization, must confront McCain in
confirmation hearings that will explore what has been done for the Boeing Co.


Copyright 2003, Digital Chicago Inc.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and

[CTRL] Top Bush Hawk Admits Iraqi WMD Lies for War

2003-05-30 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

INDEPENDENT NEWS HEADLINES
WMD just a convenient excuse for war, admits Wolfowitz
By David Usborne
30 May 2003

The Bush administration focused on alleged weapons of mass destruction as the
primary justification for toppling Saddam Hussein by force because it was
politically convenient, a top-level official at the Pentagon has acknowledged.

The extraordinary admission, which is bound to stir the controversy in
Washington and London about the murky motivations for war, comes in an interview
with Paul Wolfowitz, the Deputy Defence Secretary, in the July issue of the
magazine Vanity Fair.

Mr Wolfowitz also discloses that there was one justification that was almost
unnoticed but huge. That was the prospect of the United States being able to
withdraw all of its forces from Saudi Arabia once the threat of Saddam had been
removed. Since the taking of Baghdad, Washington has said that it is taking its
troops out of the kingdom.

Just lifting that burden from the Saudis is itself going to the door towards
making progress elsewhere in achieving Middle East peace, Mr Wolfowitz argued.
The presence of the US military in Saudi Arabia has been one of the main
grievances of al-Qa'ida and other terrorist groups.

For bureaucratic reasons we settled on one issue, weapons of mass destruction,
because it was the one reason everyone could agree on, Mr Wolfowitz tells the
magazine, apparently alluding to the inter-departmental squabbling that occurred
in Washington in the run-up to the war.

The comments suggest that, even for the US administration, the logic that was
presented for going to war may have been an empty shell. They come to light,
moreover, just two days after Mr Wolfowitz's immediate boss, Donald Rumsfeld,
the Defence Secretary, conceded for the first time that the arms might never be
found.

The failure even now to find a single example of the weapons that London and
Washington said were inside Iraq only makes the embarrassment more acute. Voices
are increasingly being raised in the US - as well as in Britain - demanding an
explanation for why nothing has been found.

Most striking is the fact that these latest remarks come from Mr Wolfowitz,
recognised widely as the leader of the hawks' camp in Washington most
responsible for urging President George Bush to use military might in Iraq. The
magazine article reveals that Mr Wolfowitz was even pushing Mr Bush to attack
Iraq immediately after the 11 September attacks in the US, instead of invading
Afghanistan.

There have long been suspicions that Mr Wolfowitz has essentially been running a
shadow administration out of his Pentagon office, ensuring that the right-wing
views of himself and his followers find their way into the practice of American
foreign policy. He is best known as the author of the policy of first-strike
pre-emption in world affairs that was adopted by Mr Bush shortly after the
al-Qa'ida attacks.

In asserting that weapons of mass destruction gave a rationale for attacking
Iraq that was acceptable to everyone, Mr Wolfowitz was presumably referring in
particular to the US Secretary of State, Colin Powell. He was the last senior
member of the administration to agree to the push earlier this year to persuade
the rest of the world that removing Saddam by force was the only remaining
viable option.

The conversion of Mr Powell was on full view in the UN Security Council in
February when he made a forceful presentation of evidence that allegedly proved
that Saddam was concealing weapons of mass destruction. The Secretary of State
even brandished a vial of white powder, intimating that it was anthrax and that
Saddam had plenty of it.

Critics of the administration and of the war will now want to know how convinced
the Americans really were that the weapons existed in Iraq to the extent that
was publicly stated. Questions are also multiplying as to the quality of the
intelligence provided to the White House. Was it simply faulty - given that
nothing has been found in Iraq - or was it influenced by the White House's
fixation on the weapons issue? Or were the intelligence agencies telling the
White House what it wanted to hear?

This week, Sam Nunn, a former senator, urged Congress to investigate whether the
argument for war in Iraq was based on distorted intelligence. He raised the
possibility that Mr Bush's policy against Saddam had influenced the intelligence
that indicated Baghdad had weapons of mass destruction.

This week, the CIA and the other American intelligence agencies have promised to
conduct internal reviews of the quality of the material they supplied the
administration on what was going on in Iraq. The heat on the White House was
only made fiercer by Mr Rumsfeld's admission that nothing may now be found in
Iraq to back up those earlier claims, if only because the Iraqis may have got
rid of any evidence before the conflict.

It is also possible that they decided that they would destroy them prior to a
conflict, the Defence 

[CTRL] WHY DO WE HAVE THE WAR ON SOME DRUGS, ANYWAY?

2003-05-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

WHY DO WE HAVE THE WAR ON SOME DRUGS, ANYWAY?

SAM SMITH - The angry American reaction to Canada's move towards sanity on
drug laws raises a question that is seldom asked, let alone studied by
academics or the media. Given that the drug war has been a demonstrable
failure why does it continue to be so strongly supported by the American
political and legal establishment?

One reason that few want to touch is corruption, in both the moral and legal
sense, which is to say the corruption that comes from political pressure -
with its rewards and punishments - and the corruption that comes from hard
cash.

For example, the Drug Policy Alliance notes that the war on drugs includes a
$9 billion prison economy, not to mention more billions in homeless
shelters, healthcare, chemical dependency and psychiatric treatment, etc.
Each one of these industries - as well as the employment of cops, judges,
probation officers, etc - would be severely hurt should America decide to
give up its war on drugs. This doesn't justify the madness but it is
important to remember that we have created a multi-billion dollar economy
based on our failed drug policies. Notes DPA, the beneficiaries of the drug
war include:

Prison architects and contractors, corrections personnel, policy makers and
academics, and the thousands of corporate vendors who peddle their wares at
the annual trade-show of the American Corrections Association - hawking
everything from toothbrushes and socks to barbed-wire fences and shackles.

And multi-national corporations that win tax subsidies, incentives and
abatements from local governments -- robbing the public coffers and
depriving communities of the kind of quality education, roads, health care
and infrastructure that provide genuine incentives for legitimate business.
The sale of tax-exempt bonds to underwrite prison construction is now
estimated at $2.3 billion annually. . .

Corporations that appear to be far removed from the business of punishment
are intimately involved in the expansion of the prison industrial complex.
Prison construction bonds are one of the many sources of profitable
investment for leading financiers such as Merrill Lynch. MCI charges
prisoners and their families outrageous prices for the precious telephone
calls which are often the only contact inmates have with the free world.
Many corporations whose products we consume on a daily basis have learned
that prison labor power can be as profitable as third world labor power
exploited by U.S.-based global corporations. Both relegate formerly
unionized workers to joblessness, many of which wind up in prison. Some of
the companies that use prison labor are IBM, Motorola, Compaq, Texas
Instruments, Honeywell, Microsoft, and Boeing. But it is not only the
hi-tech industries that reap the profits of prison labor. Nordstrom
department stores sell jeans that are marketed as 'Prison Blues,' as well as
t-shirts and jackets made in Oregon prisons.

Far more serious, however, is the role that illegal corruption plays. If one
is to believe the media and scholars, it would appear that the drug industry
- by UN estimate a $400 billion global business - is the only commercial
sector in the country that doesn't buy politicians. In other words, the drug
trade is the only honest trade when it comes to politics.

Of course this is nonsense, but try to find the news story that even raises
the possibility that some, if not many, of our politicians are beneficiaries
of the drug trade either directly or through well laundered sources. To be
sure, there are periodic reports of cops on the take, but any suggestion of
political involvement is absent.

Further, the collateral beneficiaries of the drug trade - of which
money-laundering banks would be a prime example - are exempt from
examination as well, unless their misdoings occurred in some foreign land
like Mexico or Colombia.

To cover such a story is exceedingly difficult and rarely rewarding. When
the Review tried to report some of the connections between Bill Clinton and
the Arkansas drug trade we discovered that even many journalists just didn't
want to hear about it. It was so much easier to describe the story as just
about sex, one of the biggest media myths of the 20th century.

Mike Rupert, a detective turned writer, gives one example of the stories
begging to be covered with the same energy as, say, the misdeeds of Jason
Blair. In an interview, he was asked, Who benefits most from an addicted
inner-city population?

Rupert's reply: It's not just who benefits most; it's how many people can
benefit on how many different ends of the spectrum. We published a story in
my newsletter, From The Wilderness, by Catherine Austin Fitts, a former
Assistant Secretary of Housing [and Urban Development]. She produced a map
in 1996, August of 1996 - that's the same month that the Gary Webb story
broke in the San Jose Mercury News. It was a map that showed the pattern of
single family foreclosures or 

[CTRL] US 'faces future of chronic deficits'

2003-05-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE FINANCIAL TIMES

US 'faces future of chronic deficits'
By Peronet Despeignes in Washington
Published: May 28 2003 21:57 | Last Updated: May 29 2003 1:16

The Bush administration has shelved a report commissioned by the Treasury that
shows the US currently faces a future of chronic federal budget deficits
totalling at least $44,200bn in current US dollars.

The study, the most comprehensive assessment of how the US government is at risk
of being overwhelmed by the baby boom generation's future healthcare and
retirement costs, was commissioned by then-Treasury secretary Paul O'Neill.

But the Bush administration chose to keep the findings out of the annual budget
report for fiscal year 2004, published in February, as the White House
campaigned for a tax-cut package that critics claim will expand future deficits.

The study asserts that sharp tax increases, massive spending cuts or a painful
mix of both are unavoidable if the US is to meet benefit promises to future
generations. It estimates that closing the gap would require the equivalent of
an immediate and permanent 66 per cent across-the-board income tax increase.

The study was being circulated as an independent working paper among Washington
think-tanks as President George W. Bush on Wednesday signed into law a 10-year,
$350bn tax-cut package he welcomed as a victory for hard-working Americans and
the economy.

The analysis was spearheaded by Kent Smetters, then-Treasury deputy assistant
secretary for economic policy, and Jagdessh Gokhale, then a consultant to the
Treasury. Mr Gokhale, now an economist for the Cleveland Federal Reserve, said:
When we were conducting the study, my impression was that it was slated to
appear [in the Budget]. At some point, the momentum builds and you think
everything is a go, and then the decision came down that we weren't part of the
prospective budget.

Mr O'Neill, who was fired last December, refused to comment.

The study's analysis of future deficits dwarfs previous estimates of the
financial challenge facing Washington. It is roughly equivalent to 10 times the
publicly held national debt, four years of US economic output or more than 94
per cent of all US household assets. Alan Greenspan, Federal Reserve chairman,
last week bemoaned what he called Washington's deafening silence about the
future crunch.


US tax-cuts


President Bush signed into law a  $350bn tax-cut package on Wednesday
saying:``We can say loud and clear to the American people: You got  more of your
own money to spend so that this economy can get a good wind behind it. Read
more of the FT's news and analysis of the tax-cut debate.
Go there

The estimates reflect the extent to which the annual deficit, the national debt
and other widely reported, backward-looking data are becoming archaic and
misleading as measures of the government's solvency. Mr Smetters, now a
University of Pennsylvania finance professor, said tax cuts were only a fraction
of the imbalance, and that the bigger problem is the whole [budget] language
we're using.

Laurence Kotlikoff, an expert on long-term budget accounting, alleged in a
recent Boston Globe editorial that the Bush administration suppressed the
research to ease passage of the tax-cut plan.

An administration official said the study was designed as a thought-piece for
internal discussion - one among many left every year on the cutting-room floor -
and noted the budget's extensive discussion of projected, 75-year Social
Security and Medicare shortfalls.
.

www.ctrl.org
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!   These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:

http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
A HREF=http://www.mail-archive.com/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Iraq puts Jews in Bush's corner

2003-04-06 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

The Washington Times
www.washingtontimes.com



Wars against terrorism, Iraq put Jews in Bush's corner
Donald Lambro
THE WASHINGTON TIMES

Published April 6, 2003




 There has been a significant shift of support for President Bush among Jews
in the United States as a result of the war against terrorism and Saddam
Hussein's regime in Iraq, pollsters and Jewish leaders say.
 Jews have long been one of the Democratic Party's most loyal political
constituencies. But the growing likelihood that the war in Iraq will eliminate
one of Israel's regional enemies, perhaps leading to positive changes in the
Middle East, has helped Republicans make inroads into the Jewish vote, a leading
Jewish clergyman says.
 I think there are more Jews who would be willing to vote for President
Bush now and in the year 2004. I think that is a concern and a challenge to the
Democratic Party, said Rabbi Yechiel Eckstein, founder of the International
Fellowship of Christians and Jews, a pro-Israel group that seeks to promote
closer cooperation between Christians and Jews.
 Mr. Eckstein said he is neither a Republican nor a Democrat.
 I am a rabbi, and this project is our ministry.
 We don't know how much, but there is a shift among Jews who are supporting
Bush and his battle against terrorism. You would have to be blind not to see
that. Republicans are making an effort to bring the Jewish community into its
tent, and the Democratic Party is trying to stop the hemorrhaging, he said.
 The latest evidence of this political shift was on view last week when
hundreds of Jewish, and evangelical Christian leaders and supporters gathered in
the District for a two-day conference called Stand for Israel, a project of Mr.
Eckstein's organization.
 The event, which is to be an annual meeting, was co-chaired by Republican
strategist Ralph Reed, who has been a close political adviser to the White
House.
 Participants cheered speakers, including Attorney General John Ashcroft,
Rep. Tom Lantos, California Democrat, and House Majority Leader Tom DeLay, Texas
Republican, who one by one lauded Mr. Bush's campaign against terrorism,
especially his drive to dismantle and disarm the Iraqi regime.
 Mr. Reed was reluctant to discuss the broader, long-term political
implications of the war while U.S. soldiers are fighting and dying in a campaign
to topple the Iraqi regime, but he acknowledges that it has led to political
changes in the way Jews view the president.
 His conduct of the war against terrorism has caused a lot of voters to
take a second look, and that includes Jewish voters, Mr. Reed said.
 A survey of 1,216 Jewish voters taken in October by the Tarrance Group, a
Republican polling company, found that Mr. Bush has made significant inroads
with this heavily Democratic group, something that could have an impact on the
next two election cycles.
 A clear majority of Jews (81 percent) see Bush as a strong supporter of
Israel, and 46 percent say they would be more likely to vote for him based on
the way he has been handling the war on terrorism, the polling company reported
at the time.
 Ed Goeas, who conducted the poll, said Friday that it was done in the
midst of the [midterm] election, when you would expect a lot of political
polarization, but we found none. There is no reason to believe that this support
has deteriorated. In fact, it has increased.
 Ronald Reagan received 38 percent of the Jewish vote in 1980 against
President Carter, the high-water mark for a Republican presidential candidate.
 More recent national polls show that while at least two-thirds of Americans
back Mr. Bush on the war, Jewish support has been higher. Notably, a Quinnipiac
University survey in New York City, where voters are far more liberal, found
that Jewish voters are supporting the war 56 percent to 35 percent.
 Without a doubt, we are seeing a majority shift [among Jews] in the
political landscape of this country, said Rep. Eric Cantor of Virginia, the
only Republican Jewish member of the House.
 He credited the war on terrorism for the shift.
 The war we are fighting in Iraq is the same war that Israel is fighting
internally, he said. In my travels across the country, I hear Jews telling me,
'I find myself agreeing with the Republicans more than the Democrats.' 
 Democratic officials did not respond yesterday to requests for responses to
the assertions of Jewish leaders such as Mr. Eckstein, though one Democratic
strategist, who did not want to be identified, said, We've seen some evidence
that Bush is getting more support from Jewish voters since the war began.

Copyright © 2003 News World Communications, Inc. All rights reserved.




[CTRL] Post-War War Begins

2003-04-06 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

U.S. Plan For Iraq's Future Is Challenged
Pentagon Control, Secrecy Questioned

By Karen DeYoung and Dan Morgan
Washington Post Staff Writers
Sunday, April 6, 2003; Page A21

As it anticipates imminent victory in Iraq, the Bush administration is facing
questions, criticism and the threatened rejection of significant parts of its
plan for rebuilding the country and establishing a new, representative Iraqi
government.

The concerns begin with the secrecy that has surrounded the planning process and
the lack of publicly released details. What is known is that President Bush, for
reasons he has not made clear, has given the Department of Defense primary
control over all postwar aid and reconstruction, a role that has sparked
discomfort across a broad, bipartisan spectrum in Congress and among other
governments.

While it has announced plans to quickly establish an interim authority of
Iraqis on the ground, the administration has not said what that authority's
responsibilities will be or how its members will be chosen. Many say it should
not be created before all Iraqis untainted with association with President
Saddam Hussein are free to participate, and some question whether any
U.S.-created authority will be considered legitimate in the eyes of Iraqis or
the rest of the world.

So far, the administration has responded largely with pledges to include others
in the reconstruction effort and to ensure the eventual establishment of a truly
representative government. But with U.S. troops entering Baghdad, there have
been moves at home and abroad to push postwar plans in directions that the
administration has indicated it will strongly resist.

Congress has already rewritten the emergency request for $2.5 billion in
reconstruction assistance that Bush submitted last month, with the Senate
barring the money from use by the Pentagon. The House has insisted that it go
through the traditional State Department aid agencies. The secretary of state
is the appropriate manager of foreign assistance, and is so designated by law,
said Rep. Jim Kolbe (R-Ariz), a House Appropriations Committee member,
expressing a view widely held across party lines.

Prominent lawmakers said they expect the changes to survive a House-Senate
conference this week. But the White House has mounted a strong effort to reverse
them, including calls by Vice President Cheney late last week to the top GOP
leadership.

Secretary of State Colin L. Powell has not commented on the financial
arrangements, but there has been a series of disputes with the Defense
Department over the makeup of the postwar team. Officials at the State
Department are also concerned that the early establishment of an Iraqi authority
will give too much initial power to Pentagon-preferred exile leaders at the
expense of potential leaders within the country.

British Prime Minister Tony Blair, Bush's chief ally in invading Iraq without
the U.N. Security Council's approval, has pushed for a much stronger U.N. role
in the postwar process than the president envisions. British and U.S. officials
said that when the two leaders meet tomorrow in Belfast, Blair plans to remind
the president of their joint pledge to seek U.N. endorsement of postwar
reconstruction and political plans.

At the United Nations, senior officials said there is virtually no chance that
the Security Council will endorse a Pentagon-run reconstruction effort or a
U.S.-installed Iraqi authority. Without new council resolutions, the European
Union said last week that it will not participate in the postwar effort.

The administration responded on Friday with reassurances that its goal is a
free, disarmed and democratic Iraq. To achieve these goals, White House
national security adviser Condoleezza Rice said, we will work with Iraqis, our
coalition partners and international organizations to rebuild Iraq. We will
leave Iraq completely in the hands of Iraqis as quickly as possible.

Reconstruction


The foundation of the administration's postwar plan for Iraq is the Office of
Reconstruction and Humanitarian Aid, a Pentagon-based agency established by
National Security Directive 24, a document Bush signed several months ago. Its
head, chosen by Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld, is retired Army Lt. Gen.
Jay M. Garner. He plans to install American civilian advisers at the top of
Iraqi government ministries and agencies.

Garner reports to Rumsfeld through Army Gen. Tommy R. Franks, the head of the
U.S. Central Command. Although the State Department's Agency for International
Development and disaster relief organizations will handle much of the actual
humanitarian and reconstruction work, the plan calls for them to answer to
Garner, who will control their funding.

Despite repeated requests for more information and for a meeting with Garner,
Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman Richard G. Lugar (R-Ind.) said he
and his staff have received only inconclusive and not very comprehensive views
on 

[CTRL] Time Running Out For Bush's Economy

2003-04-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE WASHINGTON POST

For Bush, Time to Mend Economy Is Running Out

By Dana Milbank
Washington Post Staff Writer
Saturday, April 5, 2003; Page A01

The Labor Department's report yesterday that the U.S. economy shed 108,000 jobs
in March underscored an emerging threat to President Bush's reelection
prospects: He is running out of time to restore jobs and economic growth.

The job losses in March, more than double the number analysts had expected, mean
nearly 2.1 million jobs have been lost since Bush took office. Though the
unemployment rate held steady at 5.8 percent in March, the private sector has
lost more than 2.6 million jobs during Bush's term -- a drop that has been
offset only by increased government hiring.

For Bush, this is not a short-term problem. He enjoys broad popularity as a war
leader, and victory in Iraq would likely give him another boost. But, as
happened to President George H.W. Bush in 1992, such support can diminish fast
in a sluggish economy. Although the election is 19 months away, it can take a
long time to restore growth and jobs.

Administration economists, and many outside of government, had hoped that a
quick victory in Iraq would give a boost to the stock market and to consumer
confidence, reigniting the economy. Some still expect this scenario. But
increasingly, they are describing the economic problems as broader and more
difficult to solve, regardless of how soon the war ends.

The problem is not with the concern about the Iraq war. The problem is the
underlying weakness with the economy, Treasury Secretary John W. Snow said in
Orlando on Thursday. Asked about the possibility of a return to recession, he
said that we need to guard against it because of a clear weakness.

As a general rule, administration officials and private economists say, the
economy needs to be growing by more than 3 percent -- and possibly well above --
for jobs to be added. Economists and political strategists also assume that such
growth must be firmly in place by the second quarter of an election year for
voters to feel the effects by Election Day. And, Bush aides say, because it
takes nine months for the full benefit of a new economic stimulus plan to be
felt, policymakers have little time to spare.

The rule of thumb is second-quarter GDP [gross domestic product] growth in the
presidential election year has to be above 3 percent, said Kenneth M.
Duberstein, who was a chief of staff to President Ronald Reagan. That's why
everything this year is driven toward next year's second-quarter GDP.

If Bush's $726 billion tax cut is enacted in June, it will come just in time for
the all-important 2004 second quarter.

Given where the economy is and where it looks like the economy is going to be
in the near future, our instructions are to get this growing as soon as
possible, a senior administration official said yesterday.

Some believe the time has passed to influence the 2004 economy. If you're
talking about boosting the economy in a year, it's too late for that, said the
Urban Institute's Rudolph G. Penner, director of the Congressional Budget Office
during the Reagan administration. By historical measures, it takes two quarters
of growth of about 3 percent to produce a large increase in jobs. That means
Bush would need the economy to be humming by the fourth quarter of this year.

There is still a chance that could happen. The firm Macroeconomic Advisers wrote
in a report last week that it expects 4.4 percent growth in the second half of
this year because a favorable outcome in Iraq . . . will be followed by
improvements in business, investor and consumer confidence.

But that notion is much disputed. I have no evidence that the start or finish
of the war with Iraq has anything to do with the economy, said John H. Makin, a
conservative economist with the American Enterprise Institute. As a result,
Makin said, there really is some urgency for this White House.

The cost of the war in Iraq has led to an effort to halve Bush's $726 billion
tax cut, but even if he gets all of it, Makin said, it will inject only about
$70 billion into the economy. Deduct from that cutbacks in state and local
government spending, and the stimulus to the economy will be well below half
one percent of the gross domestic product. That's not a magical elixir, and
people aren't in a mood to spend it, anyway, he said.

Some say Bush should restructure his tax cut to drop the dividend tax
elimination, which accounts for half of the package but provides a negligible
economic boost in the short term. Rather than shoehorning the dividend plan in,
they should be trying to shoehorn in the most amount of economic stimulus, said
Bill Dudley, chief U.S. economist for Goldman Sachs.

Still, Dudley said, I don't see any sign that they're changing their approach.
The policies don't change even when circumstances change, and the economy is a
good bit weaker than many people thought three or six months ago.

Although the 

[CTRL] Israelis Shoot American Terrorist Peace Activist

2003-04-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Apr 5, 9:06 PM EST

U.S. Peace Activist Shot in West Bank

JERUSALEM (AP) -- An American peace activist volunteering as a human shield in
the West Bank was seriously wounded on Saturday when Israeli troops allegedly
opened fire on him.

Brian Avery, 24, from Albuquerque, N.M., heard shots fired and came out of his
apartment building in Jenin to investigate just as an armored personnel carrier
rounded a corner, said Tobias Karlsson, a fellow activist from Sweden.

Avery and Karlsson are members of the International Solidarity Movement, which
uses nonviolent methods to protest the Israeli occupation. Members of the group
often insert themselves between Palestinians and Israeli soldiers to try to stop
Israeli military operations.

We had our hands up and we were wearing vests that clearly identified us as
international workers when they began firing, Karlsson said. Brian was shot in
the face, and it looks like he was hit by a heavy caliber bullet because of the
extent of the wound.

Avery was taken to a Jenin hospital but will be transferred to an Israeli
hospital. Karlsson said he was semiconscious when taken in the ambulance.
The army said homemade firebombs were reportedly being thrown at troops and it
returned fire at gunmen in the area, although it was not aware of hitting
anyone. An officer said that Palestinians were also shooting, and it was unclear
whose bullet hit Avery.

The U.S. State Department said it was looking into the report.

The U.S. Embassy in Tel Aviv and our Jerusalem consulate are now following up
to find out what happened as well as confirm the identity and determine the
welfare of the individual, State Department spokesman Lou Fintor said in a
statement in Washington.

Karlsson said he, Avery and a Palestinian medical worker not with the group were
approached slowly by the troops and stood with their hands up for about 10
minutes. There was no communication with the soldiers, who Karlsson says fired
unprovoked.

Karlsson did not see gunmen in the area, and said few Palestinians were on the
streets Saturday because of a curfew Israeli troops were enforcing.

Maria Santelli, an organizer with the New Mexico Solidarity Network, said Avery,
whose birthday is Thursday, was an easygoing man known around Albuquerque for
his community work, which included volunteering at a grocery cooperative.

Santelli said Avery had written home, saying he wanted to carry on the work of
Rachel Corrie, another American member of the group was killed on March 16 while
trying to stop an Israeli military bulldozer in the Gaza Strip. She fell in
front of the machine, which ran over her and then backed up, witnesses said.

He just wrote about Rachel Corrie, Santelli said. He was just letting people
know back home what happened and that people were standing in her name and
continuing her work.

Israeli officials say a bulldozer incident that killed the 23-year-old college
student was an accident and that the driver didn't see her. The driver is back
on the job, the army said Saturday.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Why We Will Win The War And Lose The Peace

2003-04-05 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

NY TIMES
April 4, 2003

Arab Media Portray War as Killing Field
By SUSAN SACHS

 CAIRO, April 3 - It was a picture of Arab grief and rage. A teenage boy glared
from the rubble of a bombed building as a veiled woman wept over the body of a
relative.

In fact, it was two pictures: one from the American-led war in Iraq and the
other from the Palestinian territories, blended into one image this week on the
Web site of the popular Saudi daily newspaper Al Watan.

The meaning would be clear to any Arab reader: what is happening in Iraq is part
of one continuous brutal assault by America and its allies on defenseless Arabs,
wherever they are.

As the Iraq war moved into its third week, the media in the region have
increasingly fused images and enemies from this and other conflicts into a
single bloodstained tableau.

The Israeli flag is superimposed on the American flag. The Crusades and the
13th-century Mongul sack of Baghdad, recalled as barbarian attacks on Arab
civilization, are used as synonyms for the American-led invasion of Iraq.

Horrific vignettes of the helpless - armless children, crushed babies, stunned
mothers - cascade into Arab living rooms from the front pages of newspapers and
television screens.

For Arab leaders and Arab moderates, supported by Washington, the war has become
a political crisis of street protests, militant calls for holy war and bitter
public criticism of their ties to the United States.

They had hoped for a short war with a minimum of inflammatory pictures of Iraqi
civilian casualties. Instead, the daily message to the public from much of the
media is that American troops are callous killers, that only resistance to the
United States can redeem Arab pride and that the Iraqis are fighting a pan-Arab
battle for self-respect.

The media are playing a very dangerous game in this conflict, said Abdel
Moneim Said, director of the Al Ahram Center for Political and Strategic Studies
in Cairo. When you see the vocabulary and the images used, it is actually
bringing everybody to the worst nightmare - the clash of civilizations.

Sensationalism has not gripped all media. Some mainline government-owned
newspapers like the staid Al Ahram in Egypt and two of the privately owned
international Arabic papers based in London, Al Hayat and Asharq Al Awsat, have
reported the war in neutral language. They show bandaged victims in Iraqi
hospitals but not the gory pictures of ripped bodies that fill the pages of
their competitors.

Government control of the media is not the issue in any case, since nearly all
newspapers in the Arab world, including those with the most savage coverage of
the American invasion, publish at the pleasure of the governments.

In most countries, the government appoints all newspaper editors, including the
so-called opposition press. Even a privately owned paper like Al Watan in Saudi
Arabia must toe the government line in reporting on domestic politics and
personalities.

The biggest influence on much of the media coverage has come from the satellite
news channel Al Jazeera, which started broadcasting from Qatar in 1996. It made
its name with on-the-spot coverage of the Palestinian uprising that gave viewers
an unblinking look at bloody and broken bodies.

Many governments, aware that Al Jazeera is widely considered by Arab audiences
to be credible, have allowed their own stations to run Jazeera footage of the
war to demonstrate their own anti-war credentials. (On Wednesday, Al Jazeera
announced that it was suspending its reporting from Iraq after the Iraqi
government barred two of its correspondents in Baghdad.)

The rage against the United States is fed by this steady diet of close-up color
photographs and television footage of dead and wounded Iraqis, described as
victims of American bombs. In recent days, more and more Arabic newspapers have
run headlines bluntly accusing soldiers of deliberately killing civilians.

Even for those accustomed to seeing such images from Arab coverage of the
Palestinian-Israeli conflict, the daily barrage of war coverage in newspapers
and on hourly television reports has left many Arabs beside themselves with
anger.

He is `Shaytan,' that Bush, shouted Ali Hammouda, a newsstand operator in
Cairo, using the Arabic word for Satan and pointing to a color photograph in one
of his newspapers.

The image, published in many Arabic papers, showed the bodies of a stick-thin
woman and a baby, said to be victims of American shelling in central Iraq. They
were lying in an open wooden coffin, the baby's green pacifier still in its
mouth.

Your Bush says he is coming to make them free, but look at this lady, Mr.
Hammouda exclaimed. Is she free? What did she do? What did her baby do?

Fahmi Howeidy, a prominent Islamist writer in Cairo, says the reactions are not
necessarily pro-Saddam. Of course we think Saddam Hussein will not continue in
power, but if he resists for weeks, at least he will defend his image as a hero
who could 

[CTRL] Bush Warned by Israel Lobby

2003-04-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

House Majority Leader Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) cited concern that the United States is
undercutting Israel. (File Photo/Ken Lambert -- AP)

Bush Meets Resistance on Mideast Plan
Key Hill Allies Call for Greater Commitment to Israel's Concerns About Road
Map

By Jim VandeHei
Washington Post Staff Writer
Friday, April 4, 2003; Page A18

President Bush's latest bid for a Middle East peace deal is running into
unexpected resistance from key allies in Congress. Republicans and Democrats are
pressing the White House to adopt a more staunchly pro-Israel stance, even if it
feeds the perception the United States is too closely aligned with Prime
Minister Ariel Sharon's government.

In a rare public split with the Bush administration over foreign policy, and at
a critical moment in international relations, GOP congressional leaders are
calling on the president and Secretary of State Colin L. Powell to temper their
support for a long-awaited Middle East peace plan designed to implement Bush's
call in June for the creation of a Palestinian state within three years. Israel
has objected to certain parts of the plan, known as the road map, which was
drafted last year by the so-called quartet -- the United States, the European
Union, Russia and the United Nations.

The plan envisions a three-stage process that would create Palestinian
institutions, establish provisional borders for a state by the end of this year
and reach a final agreement with defined borders in 2005. Completed in December,
the road map's release was delayed at Sharon's request until after the January
Israeli elections, and again until the Palestinian legislature confirmed a new
prime minister. That confirmation is to occur by the end of this month, and the
imminent release of the plan has brought stepped-up concern.

Republicans and Democrats say they worry that the administration is undercutting
Israel by embracing the plan. There are many members of Congress concerned
about this road map, House Majority Leader Tom DeLay (R-Tex.) said in an
interview yesterday.

Sharon's government, and many in Congress, object to the non-negotiable nature
of the document and to its demand that Israel and the Palestinian take parallel
steps to move toward peace. Israel's position is that the Palestinians must
prove they have stopped all terrorism, and activities that Israel believes
promote terrorist activities, before it is required to take any steps, including
the withdrawal of troops and stopping the expansion of settlements in occupied
Palestinian territory.

In speeches this week and a letter scheduled for delivery later this month, GOP
and Democratic congressional leaders -- who are competing for Jewish voters and
donors -- make clear they will oppose any peace deal that does not first require
the Palestinians to change their government and end all terrorist activities
before imposing significant requirements on Israel. Several key Republicans said
Bush has privately assured them that he agrees with them. But they expressed
concern that Powell and British Prime Minister Tony Blair might manage to soften
his resolve.

There is a fairly healthy debate, even in this administration, about how you
get to a place of true peace, said House Majority Whip Roy Blunt (R-Mo.).

Although Bush pledged his personal commitment to the road map in a March 14
speech, he said he welcomed additional contributions to the plan. That raised
concern among other quartet members that he was open to Israeli suggestions for
changing the document. Congressional opponents of the plan saw this as
confirmation that Bush's commitment was not total.

DeLay rewrote a speech he delivered Wednesday night to warn against treating the
Palestinian Authority as a trustworthy negotiating partner, an aide said.
Negotiating with these men . . . is folly, and any agreement arrived at through
such empty negotiations would amount to a covenant with death, DeLay told a
fervently pro-Israel crowd at a conference of Jews and Christians in Washington.
Experience and common sense lead to one conclusion about America's proper role
in the Middle East: We are absolutely right to stand with Israel, and our
opponents are absolutely wrong. DeLay said it was absurd for the State
Department this week to report that Israel has a poor human rights record. The
newly released annual document criticized Israel and the Palestinians for abuses
over the past year.

Several Republican and Democratic leaders plan to send Bush a letter this month
signed by dozens of members, imploring him to adopt a position more clearly
backing the Sharon government. There are concerns about Bush's recent
comments, said House Minority Whip Steny H. Hoyer (D-Md.), an outspoken
supporter of the war in Iraq and co-author of the letter. We think this is not
the direction he ought to go.

Blunt, a key Bush ally, is the highest-ranking Republican to sign the letter,
which was first reported by CQ Today, a Capitol Hill publication. This would

[CTRL] Iraq Will Cost The US Taxpayer Big Bucks

2003-04-04 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-


http://www.latimes.com/news/nationworld/world/la-war-iraqdebt4apr04010421,1,3763
271.story?coll=la%2Dheadlines%2Dworld%2Dmanual
WAR WITH IRAQ
Iraq Debts Could Add Up to Trouble
By Warren Vieth
Times Staff Writer

April 4, 2003

WASHINGTON -- To hear some Bush administration officials tell it, the
reconstruction of Iraq will largely pay for itself, thanks to a postwar gusher
of petroleum revenue.

The one thing that is certain is Iraq is a wealthy nation, White House Press
Secretary Ari Fleischer said.

A look at the national balance sheet tells a different story.

Iraq will emerge from the war a financial shambles, many economists say, with a
debt load bigger than that of Argentina, a cash flow crunch rivaling those of
Third World countries, a mountain of unresolved compensation claims, a shaky
currency, high unemployment, galloping inflation and a crumbling infrastructure
expected to sustain more damage before the shooting stops.

And the more oil Iraq produces to pump up its earnings, the more likely it
becomes that prices will fall, leaving it no better off than before.

Clearly, it's a basket case, said Dean Baker, co-director of the liberal
Center for Economic and Policy Research in Washington. Once you start talking
about it, you see what an impossible situation it is. I don't think the Bush
administration is anxious to have that conversation.

Bathsheba Crocker, director of the Post-War Reconstruction Project at the
centrist Center for Strategic  International Studies, said Iraq's oil money is
not the panacea many Bush officials seem to think it is.

It's unreasonable to think that oil is going to finance all of the needs of the
country, Crocker said. All told, there's just not enough money to go around.

Baker and Crocker are among a small but vocal contingent of nongovernment
economists and foreign policy analysts who say it is time for the United States
to stop pretending that life in Iraq after the war will resemble something out
of The Beverly Hillbillies.

The reality, they say, will look more like Chapter 11. In their view, the only
satisfactory solution is an international aid and debt relief program as
ambitious as the Marshall Plan that helped Europe recover from the ravages of
World War II.

Unless debt and reparations are dealt with properly, Iraq is basically
bankrupt, said Rubar Sandi, an Iraqi American investment banker who is pressing
administration officials to embrace a major debt relief initiative.

I know they might not like what I'm saying, said Sandi, whose Washington-based
Corporate Bank Business Group has investments in several developing countries.
But I am a businessman, and it's simple mathematics.

Although the debt write-offs would be spread far and wide, some of the biggest
hits would be taken by countries such as Russia and France, which supplied
Saddam Hussein with military gear and other goods before the 1991 Persian Gulf
War and have been staunch opponents of the current conflict.

Even then, experts say, Iraq's oil revenue probably would fall short of what is
needed to pay for postwar reconstruction, and much of the immediate shortfall
would wind up being financed by U.S. Treasury bonds.

So far, the administration seems not to have noticed. Deputy Defense Secretary
Paul Wolfowitz told Congress last week that Iraq would be able to pick up much
of the tab for postwar rebuilding.

We're dealing with a country that can really finance its own reconstruction
relatively soon, he said.

Office of Management and Budget Director Mitchell Daniels Jr. asserted that oil
and gas revenue and confiscated Iraqi assets would provide abundant resources
for reconstruction.

Some members of Congress agree. I don't think it makes sense to ask U.S.
taxpayers to pay the full cost of rebuilding Iraq when the Iraqi state has
plenty of resources to do so itself, said Sen. Byron L. Dorgan (D-N.D.), who
introduced a resolution Thursday calling for the use of oil proceeds to finance
the rebuilding effort.

However, Bush administration officials have declined to make specific estimates
of the long-term costs of rebuilding Iraq.

Without question, Iraq possesses assets any country would covet.

It sits atop the world's second-biggest pool of proven oil reserves, some 112
billion barrels, as well as huge deposits of natural gas and petroleum yet to be
discovered.

But wealth in the ground does not necessarily translate into money in the bank,
at least not immediately. Iraq's oil infrastructure has deteriorated badly
during Hussein's reign, and most experts say it would take up to two years and
$5 billion to restore production to its pre-Gulf War level.

Estimates of Iraq's potential oil earnings during the first year or two after
the war range from about $15 billion to $20 billion, depending on price and
production assumptions.

From that income, at least $11 billion would be needed initially for 

[CTRL] Another conservative myth bites the dust

2003-04-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

American Newsreel
Another conservative myth bites the dust
By DOUG THOMPSON
Apr 2, 2003, 06:00

One constant exists in the Internet universe: Pick on something near and
dear to conservatives and they will flood your email box with nasty
messages, calling you a traitor or unpatriotic or anti-American or
all of the above.

Case in point: a recent item about journalistic joke Geraldo Rivera and his
equally-laughable employer: FoxNews. No, the right-wingers didn't jump to
Geraldo's defense. They remember his tenure at MSNBC where his vitriolic
defense of Bill Clinton stopped just short of kissing the former President'
s ass in prime time.

No, they got upset over criticism of Fox News. Not surprising.
Right-wingers love Fox. They consider it their news channel because the
so-called news network cheerleads for anything Republican or conservative.
You can't expect anything less from the news channel run by former Richard
Nixon political flack Roger Ailes.

A favorite mantra of conservatives is that the media is, for the most part,
run by left-wingers who hate America. This is why they flock to right-wing
demagogues like Rush Linmbaugh, Sean Hannity and other conservative talk
show hosts who believe news is only fair when presented with a decidedly
partisan point of view.

Right-wing talk radio thrives because conservatives will follow their own
into the jaws of Hell as long as he or she spouts the party line. Limbaugh
touts himself as the top-rated radio talk show in America, which is true,
but when you look beyond the numbers you find that talk radio audiences
represent a really small part of the total population out there.

Most talk radio shows run during the daytime when real people are at work
and audiences consist primarily of listeners who are retired, unemployed or
goofing off when they should be working. An Arbitron study of Limbaugh's
audience found it was mostly over 60, mostly male and mostly retired or
unemployed.

Fox News currently ranks number one among cable news channels but being
number one on cable is like being the top bowler in a town with one alley
and one league. Cable TV news audiences represent less than one-fourth of
the television viewership and, despite a temporary bump from Iraqi war
coverage, cable news ratings have been in a free fall for the last 18
months.

Fox News has a loyal viewer base that is highly partisan and feels the
channel represents their views, says TV researcher Scott Adamson. The
average Fox viewer is a 63-year-old white Republican conservative male
whose religion tends to be fundamentalist Christian.

Conservatives tell me that Rush Limbaugh and FoxNews are so popular because
they reach mainstream America and are popular with the real majority.
But a closer look at ratings show some interesting facts.

For example, the St. Louis Post-Disptach is considered one of the most
liberal newspapers in America and Rush Limbaugh's talk show is the most
popular syndicated show on KMOX-radio in that Mississippi River city.

Yet ratings reports and circulation figures show more people in St. Louis
read the Post-Dispatch than listen to Rush Limbaugh or watch FoxNews
Channel. In fact, Access Hollywood, a mindless entertainment news show, has
higher ratings in St. Louis than Fox News and Rush Limbaugh combined.

Go to any city with a newspaper that conservatives consider leftist or
too liberal and you will find the same thing.

But don't bother presenting these arguments to any of your conservative
friends. I learned long ago that facts, like truth, are too often wasted on
partisans. Facts get in the way of causes and screw up perceptions and no
partisan wants their jaundiced view of the world messed up by the truth.

© Copyright 2003 American Newsreel

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to 

[CTRL] Baghdad's defences belie death toll fears

2003-04-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

FINANCIAL TIMES
Baghdad's defences belie death toll fears
By Paul Eedle in Baghdad
Published: April 1 2003 17:28 |
Last Updated: April 1 2003 17:28

The defences of Baghdad do not look much: sandbagged emplacements outside
government offices, trenches in parks and palm groves, ditches of blazing
oil belching out smoke intended to interfere with the US and British
laser-guided bombs. Six-lane motorways ideal for fast-moving armour snake
right into the city.

But if Iraqis fight as hard in Baghdad as they have fought in much smaller
towns in the south such as Umm Qasr and Nasiriya, the Americans and British
risk causing large civilian casualties and taking heavy losses themselves
if and when they attack the capital.

The city of 5m is spread across an area of some 15 miles square, either
side of the snaking Tigris river. It takes half an hour to drive from a
suburb on the outskirts to the centre. Street after street of single and
two-storey dun-coloured houses with walled gardens provide ideal cover for
irregular forces to harass attacking armour.

Yet every time a young man in a leather jacket slips out of a doorway to
fire a rocket-propelled grenade at the soft spot of a passing Abrams tank,
the invaders would risk killing civilians if they shoot back.

The irregulars are already in place. At street corners, outside empty
shops, in slit trenches and sandbagged positions by the side of the road,
knots of men in a mixture of different uniforms and civilian clothes and
armed with Kalashnikov assault rifles wait for the attack. Local people say
the ruling Ba'ath party, which has branches in every neighbourhood, has
promised arms and ammunition to anyone willing to fight.

Regular forces are also prominent, most obviously on guard outside
government compounds. No armour or artillery is on view, but could easily
be out of sight behind the walls of the state complexes, or could be pulled
into the city from positions in the countryside before the allied forces
arrive.

Baghdad is now so heavily militarised that invading forces will find it
difficult to distinguish the civilian from the military, although there are
many obvious government sites separate from the main residential areas.

On the west bank of the Tigris, opposite the old centre, an area two miles
long and two miles wide is almost entirely walled off as government
compounds. Those include a presidential compound where missiles have
already battered a palace with a turquoise dome; a ziggaurat-shaped office
block and several nondescript buildings overlooking the river; the
windowless rectangle of the Council of Ministers building; a ministry's
modernistic tower block with a floodlit statue of Mr Hussein firing a
hunting rifle. Any or all of these complexes may have bunkers and tunnels
underneath.

In the middle of the area, the Rasheed Hotel (motto: More Than A Hotel)
has its own helicopter landing pad with lights and a control tower.

However, residents say Mr Hussein commanded the 1991 Gulf War from a
nondescript villa in one of the inner suburbs. This time it also has to be
imagined that the Iraqi military and security forces, with months to
prepare, have long since dispersed their command centres and arsenals
throughout Baghdad.

It is possible that the attacking forces will avoid a full-frontal assault
and concentrate on hit-and-run raids against senior figures, as the British
are reported to be doing in the southern city of Basra. However, it will be
almost impossible to fight any kind of action in Baghdad without putting
civilians in the line of fire, and without exposing the invading troops to
guerrilla attack.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Sex Rules For The House Gym

2003-04-02 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

SAFE SEX FOR CONGRESSMEMBERS: A GUIDE

http://www.hillnews.com/news/040203/guide.aspx

HILL NEWS - An explicit guide to safe sex in the House gym that vividly
describes sex acts illegal in 14 states is causing discomfort among some
lawmakers. At least one piece of advice deals with the use of drugs that
are
illegal under federal and state laws. Almost anything you want to do, you
can probably do safely. Be creative, and have a healthy, safer sex life,
the how-to pamphlet says.

Entitled Good Sex is Safer Sex, the publication was paid for by the D.C.
Department of Human Services and sponsored by the Whitman-Walker Clinic
Inc.
It was brought to The Hill's attention by an outraged lawmaker who sought
to
remain anonymous. I was downstairs in the House gym using the phone, and
during a break I just grabbed something to read, the lawmaker said. And I
learned not to use a condom twice, among other things, the offended
representative said. . .

Many lawmakers were unaware of the pamphlet. But when they heard about it,
nearly all who were contacted were united in their opprobrium. . . Among
the
tamer examples, readers are advised not to share vibrators or other sex
toys. . . . The pamphlet includes explicit illustrations of the proper
methods for putting on a condom and engaging in oral sex.

The guide also contains a section addressing alcohol and drugs. If you
shoot drugs or steroids, it advises, never share your works (syringe,
cookers, cotton, etc.). If you have to share your works, squirt bleach
through the needle and syringe three times, then squirt water through it
three times before you use it.
Rep. Michael Oxley (R-Ohio), who chairs the informal House gym committee,
was unaware that the pamphlet is available in the facility until a reporter
brought it to his attention. After briefly glancing at the guide, he
declined to say whether it was appropriate material for the House gym.
It's
probably none of your business anyway, Oxley said.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Quote of the Day

2003-04-01 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

It just crushes morale. - Corporal Jonathan Kibler complains about
the shortage of cigarettes on the front line.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] HALF OF SENATE, THIRD OF HOUSE SHOWS UP FOR AIPAC

2003-04-01 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

HALF OF SENATE, THIRD OF HOUSE SHOWS UP FOR ISRAELI LOBBY MEETINGS
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A63578-2003Mar31.html

DANA MILBANK, WASHINGTON POST -

This week's meeting in Washington of the American Israel Public Affairs
Committee has put a spotlight on the Bush administration's delicate dance
with Israel and the Jewish state's friends over the attack on Iraq.

Officially, Israel is not one of the 49 countries the administration has
identified as members of the Coalition of the Willing. Officially, AIPAC
had no position on the merits of a war against Iraq before it started.
Officially, Iraq is not the subject of the
pro-Israel lobby's three-day meeting here.

Now, for the unofficial part: As delegates to the AIPAC meeting were
heading
to town, the group put a headline on its Web site proclaiming: Israeli
Weapons Utilized By Coalition Forces Against Iraq. The item featured a
photograph of a drone with the caption saying the Israeli-made Hunter
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle is being used by U.S. soldiers in Iraq.

At an AIPAC session on Sunday night, Israeli Foreign Minister Silvan Shalom
proclaimed in a speech praising Secretary of State Colin L. Powell: We
have
followed with great admiration your efforts to mobilize the international
community to disarm Iraq and bring democracy and peace to the region, to
the
Middle East and to the rest of the world. Just imagine, Mr. Secretary, how
much easier it would have been if Israel had been a member of the Security
Council.

A parade of top Bush administration officials -- Powell, national security
adviser Condoleezza Rice, political director Kenneth Mehlman,
Undersecretary
of State John R. Bolton and Assistant Secretary of State William Burns --
appeared before the AIPAC audience. The officials won sustained cheers for
their jabs at European opponents of war in Iraq, and their tough remarks
aimed at two perennial foes of Israel, Syria and Iran.

The AIPAC meeting -- attended by about 5,000 people, including half the
Senate and a third of the House -- was planned long before it became clear
it would coincide with hostilities in Iraq.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Pentagon To Run Iraqi Colonial Appointments

2003-04-01 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

KAREN DEYOUNG AND PETER SLEVIN, WASHINGTON POST
http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/articles/A63223-2003Mar31.html
 -
Secretary of Defense Donald H. Rumsfeld has rejected a team of officials
proposed by the State Department to help run postwar Iraq in what sources
described as an effort to ensure the Pentagon controls every aspect of
reconstructing the country
and forming a new government. While vetoing the group of eight current and
former State Department officials, including several ambassadors to Arab
states, the Pentagon's top civilian leadership has planned prominent roles
in the postwar administration for former CIA director R. James Woolsey and
others who have long supported the idea of replacing Iraq's government,
according to sources close to the issue.

The dispute is over who will occupy what are designed as de facto cabinet
ministries under retired Gen. Jay M. Garner, the Pentagon-named head of a
new Office of Reconstruction and Humanitarian Assistance, until the country
can be fully handed over to Iraqis. By interagency agreement, portfolios
such as education and trade were to be filled by the State Department, with
the Pentagon choosing the civilian advisers for other departments.
Sources
said that Walter Slocum, who served as undersecretary of defense during the
Clinton administration, has been penciled in for the Iraqi defense
ministry.
Slocum declined to comment last night.

The Pentagon had listed Woolsey for the Iraqi information ministry, sources
said, until the White House suggested he might be inappropriate because of
his CIA background and close association with one faction of the incohesive
Iraqi opposition. Sources said that he is still in consideration for a
variety of jobs. Asked yesterday whether he is joining Garner's
team,Woolsey said he felt such information should come from the government
rather than from him.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Iraq: The Public Divides

2003-04-01 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE INDEPENDENT
Deeply divided US agrees on only one issue - support for the troops
By Andrew Gumbel, in Los Angeles
02 April 2003

In the eyes of the American public, the conflict in the Middle East is
going in one of two radically different ways.

For those who were broadly supportive of the war to start with, the
military
campaign is making excellent, if not trouble-free, progress.

Civilian casualties have, as promised, been kept to a minimum. Saddam
Hussein may well be dead, and the rest of the Iraqi leadership is, they
believe, severely weakened and growing weaker by the day.

A very different interpretation is circulating among opponents of the war.
As they see it, American and British troops have made a disastrous series
of miscalculations and are now struggling on the battlefield as they await
reinforcements.

Warplanes and troops are engaging in an immoral slaughter of innocents and
risk unleashing a humanitarian disaster in Iraq's cities. Not only is the
Iraqi leadership not capitulating, but President Saddam is being turned
into a hero for his stance against the most powerful military force.

America is thus experiencing a truly bizarre split. People in the anti-war
camp often say they do not know a single person in favour of the Iraq
campaign, and refuse to believe opinion polls showing support for the
conflict holding steady at about 70 per cent.

Pro-war Americans can't make quite the same claim - almost every one of
their rallies, after all, has been met by a protest - but they too believe
they represent the true feelings of their fellow countrymen.

Under these circumstances, determining the prevailing mood is next to
impossible.

One prominent political pollster, Mark Baldassare of the Public Policy
Institute of California, said opinions were very much fluid and influenced
by the events du jour. Another poll, by a group called Pipa/Knowledge
Networks, broke down the 70 per cent pro-war figure and discovered that
only 40 per cent of Americans are firmly behind the war; 20 per cent are
firmly against, and the rest - in common with the mainstream media and the
Democrats - are inclined to rally round President George Bush for the time
being.

It does not help that much public opinion is marked by ignorance and
confusion. Almost half of the country believes Saddam was responsible for
11 September, which he was not.

Broadly speaking, opposition to the war tends to increase with greater
education levels, although that is not uniformly true. War supporters tend
to get their news from television, especially the Fox News cable channel, a
shameless cheerleader for Mr Bush's agenda, and tend to believe what they
are told by the Pentagon. Opponents are more likely to surf the internet
for foreign newspaper reports and alternative news sites, discounting what
the government says as empty propaganda.

If the two sides agree on anything, it is the troops. In contrast to the
Vietnam War, when returning soldiers were sometimes spat on, this
generation's peace movement says the best way to support the troops is to
bring them home.

Although most military families are either pro-war or keep their doubts to
themselves, a new group called Military Families Speak Out has sprung up,
representing about 300 families. I support the warrior, not the war, one
of its founders, Charley Richardson, who has a son aged 25 in the marines,
said.

In some ways, life is going on as normal. Though attendance at cinemas has
dropped, people are going to sports games, to parties and big Broadway
shows. Anxiety is nevertheless on the rise, especially in states where
severe budget deficits are leading to draconian cuts in education, public
health and other services.

With the war, and the budget cuts, and the recession, this is just the
worst time imaginable in many of our lives, said Alan Friedenberg, a
school principal in southern California.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

[CTRL] War On Freedom Update

2003-03-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Liberty Action of the Week for April 1,2003
War on Freedom on its many fronts
by Mary Lou Seymour

War, war, and rumors of war. There's Bush's War of Aggression against
Iraq (and who knows who else in the future), the War on Civil
Liberties at home, and the War on Medical Marijuana patients. The
governmentt line is always we're doing this for your safety, to
protect you from 'the enemy' (terrorists, third world countries with
WMD, drug dealers), we're doing this for your OWN GOOD and if you
don't agree you're unpatriotic and un American and probably an enemy
sympathizer (or drug user) or a 'useful idiot' being used by the
forces of evil.

But take away the propaganda and patriotic trappings, look behind the
flag waving and you'll see that all of these wars have a common
thread: the state using its power and might to crush individual
rights, and consolidate its own power at the expense of freedom. All
of these wars are different fronts in the War on Freedom.

When the governmentt goes to war abroad, of course, the stakes get
higher (citizens and their sons and daughters are actually going to
be openly killed, not just imprisoned or deprived of medicine); and
to appease those who find it hard to believe that the Mongol hordes
(communist hordes, Islamic hordes) are really much of a threat as
long as we mind our own business, they'll throw in the we're doing
this to liberate Poland (Iraq, South Vietnam, South Korea) and spread
democracy meme. Every aggressive imperialist state has used this
exact same justification, throughout history.

Some in the freedom movement just don't get the connection between
our government's actions at home and abroad. Some of us have lost
good friends over differences of opinion on Bush's War of Aggression
(Lost Friend). Not only is it an individual tragedy to lose a
friend, but to lose a fellow freedom fighter, well, there aren't that
many of us to begin with and we can't afford to lose a single foot
soldier.

I can't offer any words of wisdom on how to not alienate friends and
fellow freedom fighters, except this ... if you find
yourself talking to a brick wall when you're doing outreach on ANY
issue, back off that issue and try another. That's simply good
organizing.

But never forget the common thread that runs through all these issues
and other issues that ultimately affect our freedom as individuals,
and realize that anything you can do to educate people of that
commonality will pay off in the long run. Get into the habit of
framing every issue in the context of the non-aggression principle,
the cornerstone of the culture of freedom. Maybe today they are too
blind to see, but maybe tomorrow, or the next day or hell, even a
year from now they'll suddenly remember what YOU said, and see the
light.

The strength of the NAP is that most people understand it, and AGREE
with it (at least the people we're trying to reach), and once they
grasp the concept of seeing EVERY issue in light of the NAP, well,
you've got a convert for the cause of individual freedom.

I've talked about the War of Aggression abroad for several columns,
and last week we talked about the War on Civil Liberties on the home
front.

This week, let's revisit the War on Medical Marijuana Patients. This
is an excellent issue from several perspectives. Who, after all,
(except the terminally fascist) can be against sick and dying people
obtaining the medicine they need? And the WoMM is also a war on
states' rights: even though 8 states have passed medical marijuana
laws, the feds are still prosecuting folks under federal law, in
direct defiance of the state legislatures, and preventing jurors from
hearing evidence concerning why medical marijuana is used.

Several U.S. Representatives (Representatives Sam Farr, Lynn Woolsey
and Dana Rohrabacher) are seeking to end this unjust use of
government power to crush individual (and states') rights by
introducing FEDERAL legislation to protect states' rights to medical
marijuana and to remove the gag that the federal government is
placing on medical marijuana defendants in court.

The Marijuana Policy Project has an easy to use action plan to select
a pre-written letter to fax to your U.S. representative, urging him
or her to cosponsor the Patients' and Providers' Truth in Trials Act,
which would not only ensure that defendants could introduce evidence
about the medical nature of their marijuana-related activity, but
would also keep them from being sent to federal prison if it is
determined that they were acting in compliance with state medical
marijuana laws.

You can choose between several pre written letters:

*Prevent others from suffering Ed Rosenthal's fate

*The federal government's war on medical marijuana is immoral

*No justice in Justice Department's medical marijuana trials

*Protect those who truly need medical marijuana

*Help change a bad federal policy

*I am troubled by the treatment of the sick and dying

Or write your own, and, with a 

[CTRL] War Within a War: Rising fears Iraq could become haven for Al Qaida-type groups

2003-03-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

HARETZ (Israel)
Tuesday, April 01, 2003 Adar2 28, 5763
Israel Time:  04:57  (GMT+3)

Analysis / Rising fears Iraq could become haven
for Al Qaida-type groups

By Zvi Bar'el

The report that 4,000 suicide volunteers are in Iraq is more exotic than a
strategic threat at this stage, but it is raising fears of an
Afghanistan-style scenario. According to Turkish and Jordanian military
sources, Iraq could attract every organization and fragment group that has
not found a military operating field since Afghanistan.

Iraq may turn into the next focus of Al-Qaida activity, said a senior
Jordanian source. Now there is a dangerous combination of radical Islamic
rulings calling for jihad, a state in which every citizen carries arms, the
lack of ability to distinguish between an innocent civilian and an activist
in an organization, and an abundance of American targets.

Iraq's long and unsecured borders enable entrance from nearly every
direction - Syria, Iran, Jordan and Turkey - and every village or township
has plenty of weapons and explosive charges for volunteers to stock up on.
The result is already evident: When coalition soldiers have difficulty
setting traffic regulations for civilians, roadblocks turn into points of
unrest, food distribution becomes a dangerous military operation, and every
civilian vehicle is a suspicious object. In fact, a war within a war is
developing in Iraq: one involves heavy weapons, planes and missiles against
the Iraqi regime's targets, while the other involves an ongoing war to
secure the fighting forces and logistic divisions from sporadic attacks.

A threat even greater than outside volunteers, however, is being posed by
Iraqi civilians - this includes military men dressed in civil clothing and
tribesmen who received arms and money from Iraqi army commanders to act
against the coalition forces.

Tribal heads have turned into a regular fighting force and are assigned
combat missions, the Jordanian source said. They cannot beat an army, but
they can harass it and detain it. More important, they are forcing the
American and British forces to allocate large forces for guard and
protection duty.

According to reports before the war, American intelligence men tried to
persuade these tribal leaders to start a civil uprising, but it appears the
attempt failed. This double campaign is delaying implementation of the
civil aid program that not only was supposed to transfer food, medicine and
water to the population, but also was supposed to build a bridge of
confidence between the coalition forces and the population. The longer the
civil aid plan is delayed due to the lack of security on the main routes
and the inability to reach population centers, the harder it will be for
coalition forces to mobilize civil aid for the war.

Iraqi propaganda is taking advantage of the struggle for the public's
heart. Yesterday it presented foreign correspondents with Iraqi women
enlisting as warriors in the country's cities where they received lavish
meals at their positions. Iraq says there is enough food to last five or
six months, while international aid organizations estimate food supplies
will last only four or five weeks.

The problem is not merely food distribution and humanitarian aid
administration. Apparently in those townships and villages conquered, or
partly dominated, by the coalition forces, the local authorities have been
eliminated and there is no one overseeing public safety. Gangs of robbers
and looters have been formed, and in some places, there have been reports
of deadly score settling. The coalition forces lack the knowledge, ability
and suitable personnel to cope with these developments.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL 

[CTRL] War Analysis From Israel

2003-03-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Tuesday, April 01, 2003 Adar2 28, 5763
Israel Time:  05:03  (GMT+3)

A bushel of mistakes

By Yoel Marcus

No one knows if Saddam really has all those look-alikes they say he has,
but it's a shame Bush doesn't have one. Maybe he could do a better job of
running the war, with a lot fewer mistakes than the original Bush. Because
what we are looking at now is certainly a bushel of them.

Mistake No. 1: While the war against al-Qaeda in Afghanistan enjoyed
international support, Bush has not been able to prove that Saddam and
global terror are linked. Suspicions that he is settling a family feud has
cost him the support of the world and triggered mass demonstrations. The
editor of the French magazine Le Nouvel Observateur wrote this week that
Bush has managed to turn a despised dictator into the heroic successor of
Salah a-Din.

Mistake No. 2: The United States went to war without adequate intelligence.
The campaign started off with 60 Tomahawks aimed at a certain building
where Saddam was supposedly staying, but he walked out of there alive, well
and speechifying. On top of that, there is still no information on the
whereabouts of his chemical and biological weapons, which means that for
the moment, the United States has yet to get its hands on the corpus
delicti touted as the main excuse for going to war. U.S. intelligence also
failed to predict the suicide bombings, and it was wrong in its assessment
that the Iraqis would greet the Americans with glee and showers of rice,
not to mention the Iraqi army turning its guns on Saddam. That hasn't
happened yet.

Mistake No. 3: Preparations for the war went on for half a year. With
battle plans, maps crisscrossed with arrows, and attack routes shouted from
every hilltop, Saddam had plenty of time to ready things on his end. One of
the things he did was brainwash his troops that the target is not his
regime but the Iraqi homeland. For the American soldiers, the fighting
spirit of the Iraqis has come as a surprise. On TV they said this wasn't
the sort of combat they were trained for.

Mistake No. 4: In Afghanistan, there was a fighting opposition and an
alternative regime waiting in the wings. No such opposition has been
cultivated to take over when Saddam is gone. The only ones who have the
power to move in are the Shi'ites, taking their cue from Iran. Israeli
military intelligence wasn't joking during the Gulf War when it said a live
but weakened Saddam was preferable to Shi'ites running the show from Iran
to Lebanon.

Mistake No. 5: U.S. Defense Secretary Rumsfeld pooh-poohed Iraqi military
strength. At first he wanted a surgical operation deploying 50,000 U.S.
troops, tops.

In the Gulf War, America's goal was liberating occupied Kuwait, and all the
Arab countries were on its side. The current war is not a surgical
operation but a large-scale occupation. There's a fatal difference between
liberation and occupation. In 1967, we thought we'd liberated the
territories and all of a sudden we found ourselves occupiers with the whole
world down our throats.

America has underestimated Iraqi endurance. When it became clear that
Turkey was not about to let U.S. troops pass through its territory to open
a northern front, why wasn't the offensive postponed for a few days rather
than leaving the troops vulnerable to attack and far from supply lines? Now
another 200,000 troops are being rushed in. Mistakes like that around here
would end in a commission of inquiry.

Mistake No. 6: The U.S. administration was wrong to add the goal of
inaugurating a democratic regime in Iraq to its primary objective of wiping
out terror. In doing so, it is biting off more than it can chew. As
President Mubarak once explained to an American news broadcaster, the type
of government in this part of the world - a blend of democracy and
dictatorship with a dummy parliament and a secret police - is the perfect
cocktail for political stability.

If Jordan and Egypt were democracies in the Western sense of the word, the
peace treaties with Israel would have been null and void long ago.
Democracies grow. They aren't parachuted in by a Tomahawk.

Mistake No. 7: Bush did not manage to win global sanction for the war on
Iraq. The amount of resistance put up by the Iraqis has been a shocker for
the army, and the hostility of the world media has been a shocker for the
powers that be in Washington. U.S. troops were prepared for a snap war, but
it's going to be a longer haul than expected. Sooner or later, victory will
come. The people of Iraq do not love Saddam, and the soldiers of Iraq will
not want to die to save his skin. He will disappear. But Bush's America,
after its break with the world, will not be what it was.

And why is that worrying? Because those same mistakes - the smugness and
the bullying - could be repeated when they start on us.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing 

[CTRL] No 'Best-Case' Scenario

2003-03-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

International Perspective, by Marshall Auerback

No 'Best-Case' Scenario: What Are The Alternatives?
March 31, 2003

Now that the phoney war is over and the shooting has commenced in earnest,
some of the pre-war fog has lifted, even as new uncertainties are being
created on the ground.  Prior to the commencement of actual hostilities in
Iraq, little attention was focussed on the law of unintended consequences
invariably arising from the day to day conduct of the war itself. Much of
the debate focussed on what kind of a regime would follow and how the
country's considerable resources, particularly oil, would be deployed.
Implicit was the belief that once formidable American firepower was
focussed on the job at hand, Saddam's Ba'athist regime would crumble
quickly.  Hence, it was felt that there was little point in hypothesising
about the day to day ups and downs of the war, even if one expressed
concern about the attendant costs.

But the coalition troops now have a fight on their hands.   It is becoming
increasingly clear that the cries to get on with it - said in hope that
much of the building uncertainty would be quickly lifted with the onset of
war - has created a host of new unpredictable problems not yet discounted.

What we can say about the war thus far is as follows:  a best-case scenario
(on which the market's initial hopes were placed) can now be safely
dismissed as unrealistic.  The range of post-war scenarios now looks set to
take on a less congenial hue, from least bad outcome to disaster. It is
important to consider a new spectrum of potential outcomes, the concomitant
implications for the markets, and place these in the context of a war
occurring amidst a world economy still characterised by mounting external
imbalances in the US, and ongoing sluggish growth in Japan and the
eurozone.

First the good news: thus far, no use of chemical weapons, the oil wells
remain largely intact, the casualty count has remained relatively low
despite the massive use of firepower, and the battle has thus far been
largely contained within the borders of Iraq.

Now for the bad news: a war lasting days (the initial basis for the recent
surge in global equities), rather than weeks or months is looking far less
likely.  In contrast to the first Gulf war, the US has clearly not opted
for an incremental approach, but a higher risk dash to Baghdad, which only
makes sense in the event of a prompt, decisive victory.  Time is not on the
side of the coalition forces in terms of winning the important battle for
public opinion, which was tenuous even before the start of hostilities.
There has been no damage to the oil fields, but the oil market remains very
tight as evidenced by the recent move into backwardation. The commander of
the UK forces in the Persian Gulf, Brian Burridge, acknowledges that the
Rumaila oil field is in terrible condition and suggests that it may take
at least 3 months before Iraq can start exporting again.  Crude prices are
therefore likely to trend higher. Despite news of the Basra uprising, there
is no real evidence that the Iraqis (or, indeed, much of the Arab world)
view the US/UK forces as liberators.

Another obvious point of conflict are the squabbles already emerging over
post-Saddam Iraq. Not just who is going to control the country - the US or
the United Nations - but who is going to pick up the tab and who is going
to get the contracts for rebuilding the country.  Such disputes, if not
quickly resolved, leave open the disturbing prospect of the victors being
viewed as an illegitimate occupying power which may remain subject to
persistent insurgency and guerrilla warfare. Iraq itself could fracture,
notably in the north, where the Turks are now beginning to intervene in
Kurdistan, against the express wishes of their American allies; the
possibility of the conflict extending beyond Iraq's borders needs to be
considered by the markets.

The oil fields of Kirkuk are but one clear flashpoint which opens up the
possibility of a widening war. As the Economist magazine noted in this week
's edition,

 The Americans have managed to persuade the Kurds to promise to refrain
from making a lunge towards the oilfields at Kirkuk (just outside their
enclave), and to agree to place their 60,000 peshmergas, or guerrillas,
under American command. But the Turks still fear that the Kurds will seek
to break away from Baghdad once Mr Hussein falls, and they believe that, by
wading in, they can prevent this happening. They also claim that their
presence will keep Iraqi Kurdish refugees (and Turkish Kurdish separatists)
from flooding into Turkey.

Kirkuk retains significant importance for the Kurds, as they have long
viewed this major oil producing area as a potential cash cow enabling them
to finance a de facto (if not de jure) Kurdistan in Northern Iraq. The
Turks and Iranians clearly covet the oil fields for precisely the opposite
reason: to keep the resource for themselves and suppress any 

[CTRL] RICE TO GIVE SECRET TALK TO ISRAEL LOBBYISTS

2003-03-31 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

CONDOLEEZZA RICE TO GIVE SECRET TALK TO ISRAEL LOBBYISTS

HOWARD WITT, CHICAGO TRIBUNE - When Condoleezza Rice, the president's
national security adviser, gives a speech Monday to roughly 4,000 members
of
an influential pro-Israel lobbying group, her remarks will be closed to the
media and the public, the White House said Thursday. The decision, termed
routine by the White House, is causing particular discomfort for the
lobbying group, the American Israel Public Affairs Committee, which has
been
battling the perception among some political commentators that Jewish
groups
unduly influenced the Bush administration's decision to wage war against
Iraq.

Some of the harshest commentaries, viewed as blatantly anti-Semitic by
Jewish groups, allege that prominent Jews within the administration
conspired to persuade the president to target Iraq because of the threat
Saddam Hussein poses to Israel. . .

But American Israel Public Affairs Committee officials say privately that
they are concerned that a closed-door briefing in the midst of the Iraq war
by the president's national security adviser may only add fuel to the
conspiracy theories.

http://new.blackvoices.com/news/bv-crice030328,0,5730941.story?coll=bv%2Dne
w
s%2Dblack%2Dheadlines

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] US Media - Tame Little Pussycats

2003-03-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

FINANCIAL TIMES
A gulf in the war of words
By Jurek Martin
Published: March 28 2003 17:35 |
Last Updated: March 28 2003 17:35

It may have been a figment of the imagination - I was listening to the
radio last Saturday not watching TV - but I thought I heard General Tommy
Franks, the US commander in the war on Iraq, take an unusually deep breath
before responding to a question in Qatar.


A British TV reporter had asked him about the blitz of Baghdad. This is
not a word, describing indiscriminate bombing, which US journalists,
steeped in Pentagon jargon about precisely targeted missiles, would ever
use.

It is pejorative, associated with Hitler, and, by extension, Saddam
Hussein, not with a US military intent on decapitating the regime in the
capital while sparing, to the maximum extent possible, its ordinary
citizens.

But its use seemed to me just one illustration of the measurable gulf that
exists between US and foreign coverage of the war. This reflects not merely
that it is US forces who are bearing the brunt of the battle, thereby
warranting support, and providing reporters with remarkable facilities to
portray it. It is also a commentary of cultural differences in the practise
of journalism that long predate this conflict.

It may seem odd to assert this in an age when fabulous reporting on
Watergate brought down one president and polemicism in the media
contributed to the impeachment of another, but I think mainstream US
journalism has become too respectful of authority, too inclined to take
what government says at face value.

There is nothing in this country, for example, which remotely compares with
BBC Radio's Today programme, a mandatory pit stop for all in power or
seeking it, in spite of its famously, even infamously, aggressive but
knowledgeable interviewing. Offended officials boycott it from time to
time, but always come back for more because it can set the agenda for days
to come.

Jeremy Paxman, of BBC TV's Newsnight, also takes no prisoners. It is hard
to imagine him signing off, as I have heard Wolf Blitzer do on CNN, with
words such as god bless you, Mr secretary. The concluding Paxman sneer
often translates into a virtual gedoutahere, ya bum.

It is not as if the US media is craven in comparison. I am addicted to the
comprehensive New York Times coverage and analysis of the war, at home and
abroad. And I know something of the challenges, having been the FT's
foreign editor during the first Gulf war.

But I also know from experience that a collective judgment sometimes seems
to descend on even the best and independent-minded news organisations, and
it is susceptible to influence by those in authority. It may therefore be
wondered why the Times, and many others, significantly underplayed the
extent of domestic anti-war sentiment before the war started. Now US
soldiers are in combat, it is perhaps understandable that protests get
shorter news shrift but the lesson of Vietnam is surely that they will not
go away.

Suspicion may also attach to the fistful of polls that purport to show,
predictably, a surge in support for the military and commander-in-chief.
Many have been conducted on the smallest of statistical samples and with
the narrowest range of questions; and I remain puzzled by the fact that I
have never met anybody who has been polled on anything other than
commercial products.

It naturally suits the Bush administration to play the patriot card to
demean and discredit any opposition, sometimes ruthlessly and vindictively.
When Tom Daschle, dared to criticise the president for bungled diplomacy, a
perfectly defensible position, all the usual attack dogs, from the Fox
network to Rush Limbaugh, were summoned to accuse the Senate minority
leader of un-Americanism.

Similarly, when Natalie Maines, marvellous lead singer of the Dixie Chicks,
stepped out of line, the group's music was suddenly dropped from country
music stations owned by the nation's biggest radio mogul. He happens to be
not only an old Texas intimate of the president but has much to gain from
ongoing government deliberations about media ownership. Little has been
heard from Daschle and Ms Maines of late.

In general, the administration can hardly complain about the coverage the
war is getting at home. Embedding reporters with military units in the
field has increased admiration for the troops, even, some might say, turned
the media itself into a weapon of war. The downside risk is that the
initial rapid advance, now meeting stiffer opposition, may have encouraged
the public to expect a short and relatively cost-free war.

Still, as my colleague Lionel Barber wrote earlier this week, the flood of
pictures of soldiers in action has diminished the importance of reporters
in Baghdad and elsewhere not directly subject to military control. Also US
media have been generally reluctant to show photos and footage of dead and
captured GIs, sometimes at the administration's explicit request, in sharp
contrast to 

[CTRL] The Point of No Return

2003-03-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE WASHINGTON TIMES
The Point of No Return
Analysis:Iraq war matter of life and death
By DALAL SAOUD
UNITED PRESS INTERNATIONAL

 BEIRUT, Lebanon, March 29 (UPI) -- The coalition forces and Iraqi
President Saddam Hussein have reached the point of no return and their only
option now is to pursue the war to the bitter end.
 Hopes of a swift victory in Iraq where Saddam would be quickly
defeated and coalition forces greeted with rice and flowers rapidly
dissipated. Surprisingly, Iraqis showed tough resistance from the very
first day of the war. Even the most optimistic view from the Arab side
expected no such resistance from Iraqis until the coalition forces neared
Baghdad.
 Now, there will be no retreat from either side, commented a
well-informed Palestinian official in Beirut to United Press International.
It's a life or death matter. No only for Saddam, but for Bush too.
 The official, who asked not to be identified, said the United States
was expecting a clean war. According to the Palestinian source, the
Americans even informed Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak that the war to
remove Saddam would take only 72 hours.
 Mubarak therefore supported the war, said the source. He even blamed
the Iraqi leadership for not cooperating enough with the U.N., thus opening
the door to the allied invasion.
 Mubarak miscalculated, said the Palestinian, as did the Jordanians,
whom he accuses of being the source of information guiding the U.S. to
target special positions in Baghdad, a reference to the initial strike on
Baghdad which was meant to get Saddam and other top Iraqi leaders.
 Jordanians are worried that if the war lasts a long time and Saddam
remains, he can incite problems in Jordan where authorities are barely able
to control the people's frustration there, said the Palestinian militant.
 But Iraqi resistance to the allied assault was not the only surprise.
 In their pre-war planning, the U.S. seems to have trusted and relied
on information provided by the Iraqi opposition as well as some Arab
intelligence services.
 I was surprised that the Americans really believed and trusted the
Iraqi opposition which has no proper foothold inside Iraq, the Palestinian
official said. They even failed to take into account how the Shiites in
southern Iraq would react.
 He specifically referred to a series of Fatwahs (religious edicts) and
appeals by top Shiite Ulemas (religious leaders) in the holy cities of
Najaf and Karbala who asked the population not to cooperate with U.S.
forces.
 Such appeals, which have stopped short of calling for Jihad (armed
struggle) against the coalition forces, were issued months before the war
started.
 The big question is why the Iraqi Shiites did not turn against Saddam
once the U.S.-British forces started their attack? It's mainly due to their
bitter experience in 1991 when the U.S.-led coalition let them down, the
official said.
 It is not only the Ulemas' appeals, but also fear of revenge from
Saddam.
 Moreover, he said, the Iraqi Shiite opposition groups realized after
the U.S.-sponsored conferences in London and Irbil that they would play no
major role in forming a new post-Saddam government. Instead, they feared,
the country could well be under U.S. military rule for a year or more.
 Accordingly, they have decided not to take part in the battle, said
the Palestinian. They will simply await Saddam's overthrow, he said.
 High casualties and material damage inflicted by U.S.-British
bombardment in Shiite-dominated areas of Basra, Najaf and Karbala could
instead come back to bite the coalition.
 Iraqis are now watching how the U.S. and British armies are killing
their sons in Baghdad and southern Iraq, the official said.
 They forgot for the time being about Saddam's ruthless regime and
decided to face the occupying forces. Their national sentiments simply took
over.
 Even an Iraqi opponent in Beirut, who has long-awaited Saddam's ouster
with the help of the United States, seems to have shifted his stance.
Outraged by the killings in Karbala, he said: We will not forget or
forgive them such killings.
 On the other hand, Saddam seemed to have prepared well for battle. For
two years, he was expecting the U.S. to launch the war. He succeeded in
convincing his people that their long suffering by the U.N.-imposed embargo
came from Washington itself.
 Contrary to his foolish Kuwait adventure in 1991 that could not be
justified even by his own people, this time Saddam succeeded in portraying
the battle to be against Iraq and its natural resources --- not his regime.
 With millions of Iraqis carrying weapons and hatred growing apparently
not against Saddam but the coalition, the U.S. and British forces could
reach Baghdad or even enter it, but they would find it hard to control
Iraq.
 In addition to fears of the terrible possibility of chaos and street
fighting, they would find themselves 

[CTRL] Quote of the Day

2003-03-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

The sad thing is that America has fallen into the trap set by Bin Laden.
  Dr Dalil Boubakeur (Rector of the Paris Mosque)

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] Bush WORSE then Clinton

2003-03-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

That famous lie under oath didn't really happen either, but then the
question should never have been asked.  Whether or not what happened by
any definition is not anyone's business.  The only thing that was proven
by the persecution of Clinton was that Republicans are a crude, vindictive
crowd with a fixation about other people's sex lives.  They forgive their
own sins with great generosity.  Just think back to how difficult a time
they had to get someone who could be Speaker.   No one had ever heard of
Dennis Hastert, until Gingrich, Livingston, and Hyde had all been outed.
Must be only one member of the Republican Congressionals who has not
cheated on his wife.  I only wish Dubya would get a mistress and forget
about ,killing as many Moslems as possible to avenge the failed Crusades.
Prudy

The Clinton apologist are as clueless as the Bush apologists. Both men are
devious, deceitful personalities - the difference perhaps is that Bush is
determined to commit
mass murder and destroy most of our constitutional liberties while Clinton
was content committing less murder and attacking some of our constitutional
liberties.

What the Clinton apologists can't seem to get is that the President and
Chief Law Enforcement Officer DID commit perjury - in regards to his
obligated testimony relating to a sex discrimination civil rights suit.
What make's Clinton's behavior so wonderfully ironic is that the reason
Clinton had to answer under oath deposition questions about his sex life
was because of federal legislation HE SPONSORED making a party in a sexual
harrassment / civil rights suit's entire sex life open to pre
trial discovery. Hoisted by his own petard I guess the saying goes.

Just remember - what the Democrats say about the Republicans is very true
AND what the Republicans say about the Dems is also very true. Demicans and
Republicrats - both totally corrupt institutions.
flw

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Pro War Neo-Con Perle Helped China Get ICBM Technology From Clinton

2003-03-29 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

PERLE INVOLVED IN CLINTON SCANDAL

STEPHEN LABATON, NY TIMES -
http://www.nytimes.com/2003/03/29/business/29PERL.html

While he led an influential Pentagon advisory board, Richard N. Perle
advised a major American satellite maker, Loral Space and Communications,
as it faced government accusations that it improperly transferred rocket
technology to China, administration officials said today. Officials at the
State Department said that the senior official considering how to resolve
the rocket matter, Assistant Secretary Lincoln P.Bloomfield Jr., was
contacted by Mr. Perle once or twice in the second half
of 2001 on behalf of the company. . .

The case against Loral, which originated in 1997 with a Pentagon finding
that Loral and Hughes Electronics had improperly turned over technical
information to the Chinese, was settled in January 2002. Loral, without
admitting or denying that it had violated the law, agreed to pay a $20
million penalty, the largest settlement of a technology transfer case at
the time.

The government accused Loral of providing Chinese officials with
confidential materials from an American panel that investigated the
February 1996 crash of a Loral satellite, which was built for Intelsat, the
international consortium, and was launched by a Chinese Long March rocket.

The inquiry into Loral and other companies resulted in restrictions that
have prevented the industry from seeking new business with China.

The Loral matter is the second instance in which Mr. Perle was doing
business on behalf of an American company encountering government
difficulties over ties to China. Mr. Perle had been retained by Global
Crossing, the communications giant, to overcome Defense Department
opposition to its proposal to be sold to a venture led by Hutchison
Whampoa, the conglomerate controlled by the Hong Kong billionaire Li
Ka-shing. . .

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substancenot soap-boxingplease!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright fraudsis used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] War Problems

2003-03-28 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

American Newsreel
What price war?

By DOUG THOMPSON
Mar 28, 2003, 06:03

New polls show 70 percent of Americans support the war with Iraq but
that support is, as pollsters like to say, a mile wide and an inch deep.
That means it wouldn't take much to turn public opinion in this country
against the war and send George W. Bush's political future into the
crapper.


American optimism, strong when the war began last week, dropped
dramatically in recent days. Pollster John Zogby points to a squishy
middle that could fluctuate, depending on what happens on the ground.

To make matters worse, even if America wins the war in Iraq, it faces
increasing hostility and hatred in the Middle East. Zogby says Arab hatred
of the U.S. is at an all time high. Last month, Andrew Kohut, director of
the
Pew Research Center, warned that the clear unpopularity in the Middle East
of an Iraq war can only further fuel hostilities - almost no matter how
well
such a war goes.

War, General George S. Patton once said, breeds war.  Now that
America has crossed the line between defensive action and pre-emptive
strikes, who's next?

It takes little imagination to dream up other scenarios that might call
for
pre-emptive military action, says Thomas Donnelly, a military analyst at
the American Enterprise Institute, a Washington think tank that has led the
charge for war against Iraq.

Even after Mr. Hussein is gone, other tyrannies, such as North Korea and
Iran, will continue to threaten world peace, said Max Boot, a scholar at
the
Council on Foreign Relations in New York.

And Bush makes it clear he has no qualms about striking first.

As a matter of common sense and self-defense, America will act against ...
emerging threats before they are fully formed, the president said last
year.

But while Bush may see America's military role as more proactive in the
coming years, it is not yet clear if the public supports such a policy. The
same polls that show 70 percent of Americans supporting the war also
shows growing uneasiness with aggressive moves against other countries.

Antiwar voices in this country are at their strongest level since Vietnam
and
appear to be growing. Anti-American sentiment abroad remains high.

Bush's risky strategy threatens far more than just his political future.

© Copyright 2003 by American Newsreel

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] War increases Arab hatred of America

2003-03-28 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Updated: Mar 28th, 2003 - 07:33:05

America at War
---
-

War increases Arab hatred of America
By LANCE GAY
Scripps Howard News Service
Mar 28, 2003, 07:20

The Arab view of the United States could hardly be bleaker.

Arabs protest war

Dislike of America is turning into hatred, reports U.S. pollster John
Zogby, who has been monitoring views in six Middle East countries.
Meantime, Arab newspapers this week are filled with pictures of
hospitalized civilians and stories that claim the real goal of the United
States is to capture the region's oil.

The views on the United States are the lowest I've ever seen, said Zogby,
himself an Arab-American, who conducted a poll of Middle East sentiment
earlier this month in Morocco, Egypt, Jordan, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia and the
United Arab Emirates.

The war is having an impact on the region, he said. He said the polls are
showing that from 79 percent to 94 percent of the people who live in the
Middle East believe the war is going to result in less democracy.

British and American commanders are loudly condemning the way some Arab
organizations are covering the war.

Air Marshal Brian Burridge, commander of the British forces in Iraq, lashed
out Thursday at what he has seen on the Arab satellite TV network
al-Jazeera, which has broadcast Iraqi interviews of American prisoners of
war and pictures of Americans.

Thursday, the network broadcast pictures of wounded people from a missile
explosion in Baghdad, asking, is this the freedom promised to the Iraqi
people? The Pentagon said an investigation has failed to find any
coalition bomb fired that could have caused the damage.

That type of reporting is neither balanced, nor should anybody take any
pride in it. Take it from me, Burridge said.

But Al-Jazeera's coverage reflects what is being said in other newspapers
throughout the Islamic world. Newspapers Thursday were filled with pictures
of Iraqi children fleeing the Baghdad market and pictures of Iraqis in
hospital beds.

Syria's al-Thawrah newspaper this week urged the Arab world to rise up
against the U.S-led war and transform the whole of Iraq into a grave for
the aggressors.

Al-Khalij, a leading newspaper in the United Arab Emirates, said the U.S.
intervention signaled a wider war in the Middle East. The Mongols of this
century will not be content with Iraq when they swallow it up, the
newspaper said. Meanwhile, in a Cairo newspaper, former Egyptian minister
of war Amin Huweidi compared George Bush's policies to those of Adolf
Hitler.

Bruce Kuniholm, a professor of public policy and history at Duke
University, said that while many of Iraq's neighbors don't like Saddam
Hussein, they also resent the presence of U.S. troops on Arab lands.

He said the Bush administration's arguments about the need to control
Iraq's weapons of mass destruction aren't getting through to most of those
in the Middle East, who suspect that the United States is at war with Iraq
only for the country's oil reserves and to expand U.S. control over Arab
lands.

I think the United States is going to take a pretty big hit on this,
Kuniholm said. There's a relatively simplistic structure on the (Arab)
streets when looking at the United States.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Confession of the Day

2003-03-28 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

The enemy we're fighting is different from the one we'd war-gamed
against. - Lieutenant General William S Wallace of V Corps, quoted
in the New York Times.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] A 1982 Israeli war has modern echoes for US in Iraq

2003-03-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

from the March 27, 2003 edition -

http://www.csmonitor.com/2003/0327/p13s01-woiq.html

A 1982 Israeli war has modern echoes for US in Iraq

By Nicholas Blanford | Special to The Christian Science Monitor

BEIRUT, LEBANON - The parallels between the US-led invasion of Iraq and
Israel's invasion of Lebanon 21 years ago are striking - and ominous.

Both involved modern armies invading initially through Shiite
Muslim-dominated areas. Both armies also expected no opposition from local
Shiites: US war planners hope for a warm reception from Iraqi Shiites
grateful for an end of repression by Saddam Hussein's Sunni Muslim elite;
Israel believed the Shiites of south Lebanon would be happy to see the back
of Palestinian guerrillas whose presence had made life intolerable. Indeed,
the Lebanese Shiites initially showered the invading Israeli troops with
rose petals and rice. But the Israelis miscalculated about the Shiites, and
the rice and rose petals soon turned into bombs and bullets.

Has the US made the same mistake about the Shiites of Iraq?

Beware the Shiites! wrote Israeli journalist and peace activist Uri
Avnery recently, predicting that US problems in Iraq will begin once the
fighting is over. He gave an example of two trips he paid to south Lebanon
in 1982. During the first visit, four days after the Israeli invasion, he
recounted being greeted with great joy by Shiite villagers. A few months
later, Mr. Avnery returned to Lebanon and found Israeli troops now wearing
bulletproof vests and helmets, many on the verge of panic. What had
happened? The Shiites received the Israeli soldiers as liberators. When
they realized that they had come to stay as occupiers, they started to kill
them, he wrote.

The opposition to coalition forces in southern Iraq is being waged by units
of Fedayeen Saddam, a paramilitary force deployed from areas further north.
But there are reports of civilians joining the Fedayeen, enraged at the
invasion of their homeland and the bombing of their cities.

In an easily missed report, CNN's Ryan Chilcote, embedded with the 101st
Airborne Division, spoke of the reaction of local Shiites as the troops
passed through their towns.

In the first town, Mr. Chilcote reported, the US soldiers were quite
literally applauded. But in the next town, the reaction was markedly
different. It was eerie, he said. The villagers stared unsmiling at the
passing American troops. It had all the ingredients of an ambush,
Chilcote said, and had the US commanders really worried.

To add to the potential difficulties facing the coalition forces, Shiite
religious authorities in Iraq's southern city of Najaf on Tuesday called on
the Iraqi people to defend their country, honor, and religion by expelling
the unbelievers from the land of Islam.

Mohammed Baqr al-Hakim, the head of the Iran-supported Supreme Council for
the Islamic Revolution in Iraq (SCIRI), the largest Shiite opposition
group, warned on Tuesday that his followers are ready to take up arms
should coalition troops become an occupation force. The Badr Brigades,
SCIRI's 15,000-strong military wing deployed in Iran, with some units in
northern Iraq, have so far stayed out of the fighting.

The American troops will face a very strong resistance in just a couple of
months. They will have to leave the cities and move into the desert, says
Abu Ali, a veteran of Lebanon's Hizbullah organization who fought Israeli
troops from 1982. I know the Iraqi people, he said, having spent his
childhood in Najaf in southern Iraq, and I think the Americans will face
the same resistance the Israelis faced in Lebanon, even harsher.

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


Re: [CTRL] Bush's Secret Plan

2003-03-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

 If there is any truth to this, then I have no doubt that the wrath of the
 world and most, if not all, people in the US would come down on Bush like
 never before. He would be kicked out faster than you could say, Cheney
did business with Saddam.
 Bad, bad PR. And their PR machine is spinning faster and faster. Even I
 doubt they'd be *this* foolish. Bush isn't suicidal.

I am sad to say that apparently the Bush Gang has surreptitiously
printed up several million Iraq 'mini-deeds' and will be handing them
out before the 2004 Presidential election.
flw

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substance—not soap-boxing—please!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'—with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright frauds—is used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


[CTRL] Saudi Youth Now Hate America

2003-03-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE WASHINGTON POST
By Carol Morello
Washington Post Staff Writer
Thursday, March 27, 2003; Page A32


RIYADH, Saudi Arabia, March 26 -- The young sons of Selwa Hazzaa
consider it a mark of shame that they were born in the United States, a
country whose military they now see nightly on television waging battle
in neighboring Iraq.

Yuck! says the 11-year-old at every mention of America. The 12-year-old
expresses even more contempt.

I hate the States, he told his mother, who spent most of her childhood in
the United States. I wish I weren't from there. I don't want to go to
college
there.

Hazzaa has told them it is fine to hate President Bush, but not everything
American. Still, she returned home one day to find her older son throwing
his favorite U.S.-made snack food into the trash bin.

I am so afraid that I am breeding a future terrorist, said Hazzaa, a
prominent
eye surgeon in Riyadh. Now I can control him, but what about 10 years from
now?

Throughout the Arab world, a new generation of young people is growing up
and coming of age at a time of rampant anti-American sentiment. The
mounting anger at the U.S.-led war against Iraq is particularly striking in
Saudi Arabia, where until a few years ago U.S. ideals and products were
widely admired.

Much of the Saudi upper and professional class was educated in the United
States, including many of the government technocrats, and many Saudis
maintain warm friendships they forged abroad. But some of these families
are now deciding not to send their children to study in the United States.

Tofoul Marzouki, 21, had planned to pursue a master's degree in the United
States. Now she is looking at schools in Canada. I have nothing against
the people; it's the government, said Marzouki, who ordered a Domino's
pizza the other night that her cousin refused to touch because it was made
by a U.S. company. Visiting America or going there to study is out of the
question. I'm so angry at the government, I wouldn't feel comfortable
there.

Saudis trace the negative sentiment to the hostilities between Israelis and
Palestinians that broke out in September 2000. In markets, classrooms and
private homes, Saudis have seen endless television images of Israelis using
U.S.-supplied weaponry against Palestinians. Even children anguish over the
Palestinian cause and wonder why the United States provides guns to Israel.

The anger deepened in the aftermath of the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks on the
World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Visa restrictions tightened and many
Saudi students studying in the United States returned home with tales of
Muslims being harassed and stereotyped as terrorists. Many in Saudi Arabia,
the birthplace of al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden and 15 of the 19
hijackers who carried out the attacks, say Americans have tied all
Saudis -- and their religion -- to terrorism.

A critical mass of suspicion and hostility coalesced when the U.S. campaign
against Iraq culminated in an invasion.

Today, it is all but impossible to find anyone here who does not oppose the
war in Iraq. In an Arab American Institute opinion poll conducted in early
March by Zogby International, 97 percent of Saudis questioned said they had
an unfavorable opinion of the United States, up from 87 percent a year ago.

I think that underestimates it, said Awardh Badhi, a political scientist
with the King Faisal Center for Research and Islamic Studies. It is more
like 98 or 99 percent. The anger is boiling, to what end we do not know
because it is all underground.

Many middle-aged, educated Saudis say they are worried about the
implications of the mutual alienation. Despite policy and cultural
differences, Saudi-U.S. relations have been fortified over the years by a
Saudi upper class that studied in the United States and appreciates its
freedoms. Many young people say they have become politicized at a far
earlier age than their parents, and their first political memories are of
an America that throws its weight around at the expense of Arab interests.

It tells you how the future feels, said Thurayaa Arrayed, a consultant
with the Arabian-American Oil Co. (Aramco), who studied in the United
States and sent three of her four children to study at Ivy League colleges.
It's fine for people like us who grew up seeing Americans as friends,
allies, people you look up to and a system that seems ideal. It feels now
like it's all gone down the drain.

On the surface, Saudi Arabia has been quiet while the rest of the Arab
world has taken its anger to the streets. All public demonstrations here
are prohibited. Privately, however, Saudis are intently focused on the
war's progress. So many Saudis are glued to their television sets that
merchants report business is suffering.

Saudis are signaling their displeasure discreetly. Mobile phones ring with
text messages of crude jokes about President Bush and prayers for God to
destroy the U.S. military. People interviewed here said that at their
prayers 

[CTRL] Assad predicts defeat for US and Britain

2003-03-27 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Assad predicts defeat for invasion force

Mood of militancy grows as chief cleric calls on Muslims to launch
suicide attacks

Jonathan Steele in Damascus
Friday March 28, 2003
The Guardian

Syria's President Bashar al-Assad yesterday became the first Arab leader,
other than Saddam Hussein himself, to express the hope in public that the
US and British forces invading Iraq would be defeated.
In a front-page interview with Lebanon's as-Safir newspaper, he said they
might be able to occupy Iraq but would not succeed in controlling it. For
sure, the United States is a superpower that can occupy a relatively small
country ... The United States and Britain will not be able to control all
of Iraq. There will be much tougher resistance, he said.

If the American-British designs succeed - and we hope they do not succeed
and we doubt that they will - there will be Arab popular resistance, and
this has begun, he added.

Syria has been leading the Arab world in sharp attacks on what President
Assad has repeatedly called flagrant aggression.

His latest remarks, which are the most radical so far, are a sign of the
increasing militancy of the public mood, not only in the Arab street but
also among decision-makers.

Daily TV pictures of dead and wounded civilians have angered people across
the Middle East while the unexpected level of Iraqi resistance has given
many a sense of pride and solidarity.

Hundreds of Iraqi exiles in Syria and Jordan have signed up to go home to
fight, including many who oppose President Saddam but feel a patriotic need
to rally to the country's defence.

Religious leaders are also speaking out. While Iraqi Shia leaders called
for opposition to the invasion earlier this week, Syria's senior cleric
added his voice yesterday.

Martyrs


Sheikh Ahmad Kiftaro, the Grand Mufti of Syria, called on all Muslims to
resist the US and British invasion and sacrifice their lives as martyrs, if
necessary. It was the duty of all Muslims to resist the US and British
forces, he said.

All Muslims have to use all possible means of defeating the enemy,
including martyrdom operations against the invading warriors.

The mufti usually pronounces at Friday prayers but in the special statement
issued by his office yesterday he also called on Muslims to boycott British
and American goods.

His radical statement has surprised western diplomats here, where he is con
sidered a moderate and venerable figure. The British embassy was seeking
urgent clarification yesterday on whether in addition to calling for
resistance inside Iraq he meant to encourage suicide bombers to attack US
and British targets in Syria and elsewhere.

In Syria all protest demonstrations require government support and the
capital has seen almost daily marches and sit-ins since the US and Britain
launched their attack on Iraq. US and British flags have been burnt and
protesters have tried to break through police lines to march on the
American and British embassies.

Close to 100,000 people took to the streets and government employees and
university and school students were given time off to parade through
Damascus on Tuesday in the largest protest in the Arab world since the war
began.

Some marchers carried banners denouncing the Egyptian and Jordanian heads
of state with the slogans Death to Mubarak and Death to Abdullah. Egypt
has protested to Syria over the rally.

Resistance


It is only three months since President Assad was received in London on a
visit which included tea with the Queen and was praised by President George
Bush for voting for UN security council resolution 1441, which warned Iraq
of serious consequences if it did not comply with UN weapons inspectors.
Syria is the only Arab member on the council.

Now Syria is leading the diplomatic resistance to the invasion, describing
Arab governments which have supported it as traitors.

Its foreign minister, Farouk al-Shara, drafted the resolution at the Arab
League meeting in Cairo on Monday which called for an immediate and
unconditional withdrawal of US and British forces from Iraq and urged Arab
states not to give logistical or other back-up to military action against
it. The call was adopted by 15 foreign ministers. Only Kuwait expressed
reservations.

Syria's radical stance and its hope that the US gets bogged down in Iraq
stem from anxiety that Syria may be next in line for US pressure if the
Bush administration topples President Saddam. Asked whether he believed
Syria would be next on Washington's target list, the President Assad
answered: The possibility is always there. As long as Israel exists, the
threat is there. But he insisted that worry does not translate into
fear.

The real war will start after they remove Saddam Hussein, Adnan Omran,
Syria's information minister, told the Guardian yesterday.

There will be more resistance, assassinations, kidnappings, bombs here and
there. It's not Afghanistan. It'll be harder. It's Iraq. The sooner the
Americans and 

[CTRL] Twilight of the US Empire?

2003-03-26 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

THE GUARDIAN
Bush fiddles with economy while Baghdad burns

Could a faltering dollar and global rebellion against its values presage
the decline, and eventual fall, of the American empire, asks Mark Tran

Wednesday March 26, 2003

The war in Iraq is not going as smoothly as the Bush administration would
like and the conflict is looking less and less like a walkover by the day.
Yet there can be little doubt that the US, backed by Britain, its loyal
junior ally, will eventually prevail. The conflict will bring the US little
glory, pitting the world's most powerful military machine against a
dilapidated army, but when American and British troops enter Baghdad, the
US will surely cement its status as a hyperpower.

But does the US colossus have feet of clay? It takes a brave soul to argue
that America, the world's largest economy and by far its most potent
military power, is about to go into decline, when it is widely perceived as
a hyperpower. But Independent Strategy, a financial research company for
institutional investors, has made the case in a paper that is making the
rounds of big investment banks such as Goldman Sachs.

Independent Strategy believes that the US shows many symptoms of an empire
that is cresting. First, it sees deepening mistrust of the US and predicts
a rise in terrorism in reaction to US unilateralism.

That is certainly the case with the Bush administration, which has made a
habit of tearing up international treaties from Kyoto to the anti-ballistic
missile treaty. Iraq is the culmination of the Bush administration's
unilateralist streak, as the White House plunges into an unpopular war in
disregard of the UN security council.

Second, Independent Strategy sees trouble ahead for US economic policy. It
notes that Mr Bush has boosted discretionary government spending more than
at any time since the Vietnam war. Inheriting big budgetary surpluses from
the Clinton administration, the Bush White House is heading for record
deficits.

True, budget deficits were probably unavoidable as a 10-year economic
expansion ran out of steam. But Mr Bush is not helping matters with a
$726bn (£462bn) tax cut that, even though reduced by the senate to $350bn,
benefits mostly the rich and a war that will add at least $74bn to the
books, and probably considerably more.

Third, what was known as the Washington consensus - free market economics
and deregulation - has broken down. As Bob McKee, chief economist with
Independent Strategy, notes, a populist reaction has taken hold in Latin
America, while in Asia, Malaysia has gone its own way economically.
Moreover, South Korea and Taiwan never really bought into supply side
reform.

Empires work best when they project power through the successful export of
a social model or ideology, argues Independent Strategy. The rot started
when the US failed to project its economic ideology and social model
globally. Japan and Europe have long rejected both, at least implicitly, as
inimical to their culture and alien to their social contract.

Independent Strategy sees the weakening dollar as the fourth strand in the
decline of empire.

The dollar will go on down because the good empire has the same faultlines
as many other empires: unsustainable living standards at the core depend on
flows of wealth from the periphery, says Independent Strategy in terms
that would not be out of a place in a Marxist textbook. The US no longer
earns the return needed to sustain these flows. The costs of war and
unilateralism will increase the thirst for capital, but reduce the return
earned by it.

In plain English, America relies on the rest of the world to finance its
deficits. The rest of the world was happy to do so when the US economy was
strong and returns were high, but investors will put their cash elsewhere
if America looks weak economically. America borrows hundreds of millions of
dollars from the rest of the world each day to cover its savings gap and,
under George Bush, US dependence on foreign capital is set to increase.

The decline of empire thesis is not exactly new. Paul Kennedy, the British
historian, wrote the best-selling The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers
back in 1988, where he coined the phrase imperial overstretch. It was a
great read, but then the US embarked on a record-breaking expansion that
lasted 10 years and saw Wall Street shoot up to over 11,000 points.

But that great economic expansion turned out not to be so great after all,
culminating in a wave of financial misreporting and outright fraud at Enron
and WorldCom. The twilight of empires can last a long time, but judging
from his reckless unilateralism and his economic vandalism, George Bush
seems to be determined to do his level best to hasten that decline.

· Mark Tran is business editor of Guardian Unlimited


Guardian Unlimited © Guardian Newspapers Limited 2003

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational 

Re: [CTRL] 'See men shredded, then say you don't back war'

2003-03-26 Thread flw
-Caveat Lector-

Perhaps when the Clinton Gang gassed and burned alive over 40
children at Waco their families should have asked Saddam to invade
the US to put an end to such atrocities and hold the war criminals in
the US govt accountable.
flw

A HREF=http://www.ctrl.org/;www.ctrl.org/A
DECLARATION  DISCLAIMER
==
CTRL is a discussion  informational exchange list. Proselytizing propagandic
screeds are unwelcomed. Substancenot soap-boxingplease!  These are
sordid matters and 'conspiracy theory'with its many half-truths, mis-
directions and outright fraudsis used politically by different groups with
major and minor effects spread throughout the spectrum of time and thought.
That being said, CTRLgives no endorsement to the validity of posts, and
always suggests to readers; be wary of what you read. CTRL gives no
credence to Holocaust denial and nazi's need not apply.

Let us please be civil and as always, Caveat Lector.

Archives Available at:
http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html
 A HREF=http://peach.ease.lsoft.com/archives/ctrl.html;Archives of
[EMAIL PROTECTED]/A

http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/
 A HREF=http://archive.jab.org/[EMAIL PROTECTED]/ctrl/A

To subscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SUBSCRIBE CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

To UNsubscribe to Conspiracy Theory Research List[CTRL] send email:
SIGNOFF CTRL [to:] [EMAIL PROTECTED]

Om


  1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   >